解脫道論 義疏通講 · 冊12

分別諦品第十二 · 18 單元 · 第 1212 冊 · 冊目次

四諦方便與名色The Four Noble Truths Method and Name-and-Form

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

品十二開卷。這一段是全品的第一段,也是全論最後一品的第一段。

先把所見說在前頭:本段有一句收語,原樣用了兩次。第一次收的是陰、入、界,第二次收的是名色。兩次之間只隔著一句「爾時已略作二種令起,所謂名、色」〔T32 453c16〕。收句不換,換的只是所收之法——那個被換掉的,就是這一段所辦的事。

開場先報帳

論文起手不講四聖諦,先報一次帳:「爾時坐禪人,已明了陰界入因緣諦」〔T32 453c01〕,接著「已得聞戒頭陀禪」。

這兩串合起來,正是這部論走到此處的全部路程。前一串五個名字——陰、界、入、因緣、諦——就是品十一的五方便;那一品的五扇門各有一句「已竟」與之相對〔448c24·449c24·450a16·451c27·453b27〕,一個不多一個不少。後一串三個名字——戒、頭陀、禪——是更前面的事。

論主不另寫一篇導言,他用一句「已得」把前面所有的品目點過一遍。

隨後是五件「已觀」:「已觀惡趣怖,已觀無始生死怖,已觀一剎那不可得」〔T32 453c02–04〕,「已觀三百鉾刺喻,已觀燒頭愛喻」〔T32 453c04〕。

五件之後才是那個「未」:「未分別四聖諦,為分別聖諦,當作方便、當作欲、當作勇猛精進」〔T32 453c04–06〕,末以「專心緣念具足應令滿」〔T32 453c06〕收。

已辦的排了兩串八項,未辦的只有一件。這一段的重心不在已辦,在那個「未」。

停一停:那兩個喻,本論哪裡教過?

五件「已觀」裡有兩件值得停下來問。

「三百鉾刺喻」「燒頭愛喻」〔T32 453c04〕——論文說坐禪人「已觀」,那麼這兩個喻,本論前面哪一品教的?

實測的結果是:查不到。「鉾」這個字全論只出現這一次;「燒頭」也只出現這一次。「三百」另有二見,都是三百骨〔433b09·434a22〕,與此喻無涉。

而同一列的前三件不是這樣。「惡趣」全論二十二見,「一剎那」全論十二見,「無始生死」全論二見——另一見就在品十一的因緣門裡〔T32 450c21〕。前三件在本論裡找得到著落,後二件找不到。

這一問,本段答不了。可核的只有兩件事:後二喻本論零出處;而論文照樣把它們列進「已觀」。

本編照錄不代補。不替論主指認那兩個喻出自何處,也不因查不到就把那兩句刪去或降格——論文說已觀,就記其說已觀,並記本論中無其出處。

讀法:找出兩次之間換掉的那一項

現在看本段的骨架。

第二節答「云何當作」〔T32 453c06–07〕。先聞、後持、再坐:「或以略或以廣或以略廣,以聞以義以誦當受持」〔T32 453c07–08〕,「是時坐禪人入寂寂坐,不亂心不去來心,四聖諦應令起」〔T32 453c08–10〕。

然後起苦諦,而起的方式是回頭走老路:「初苦諦應令起,或以陰或以入或以界陰法」〔T32 453c10–11〕。

三門三句,是同一個模子:「如陰方便廣說,如是當知」〔T32 453c11–12〕、「入者以入相應令起,如入方便廣說,如是當知」〔T32 453c12–13〕、「界者以界相應令起,如界方便廣說,如是當知」〔T32 453c13–14〕。

「廣說,如是當知」這一式全論三見,三見都在這裡〔453c12·453c13·453c14〕。論主一句也不重講,只把讀者送回品十一去。

走完三門,第一次收:「唯有陰入界、無眾生無命」〔T32 453c15〕,「已令起已得行想」〔T32 453c15–16〕。

緊接著就是那個樞紐:「爾時已略作二種令起,所謂名、色」〔T32 453c16〕。

三科略為二。「略作二種令起」這一句全論只出現這一次。

略了之後,論文把陰入界的帳重新算一遍:「於是色陰十入十界色,四陰意入七界,是名法入法界」〔T32 453c17–18〕。

這一組數不是新的。品十一的入方便攝門說「於是十入,色陰所攝」〔T32 449c17–18〕「意入,七界所攝」〔T32 449c19〕,界方便攝門說「於是十界,色陰所攝」〔T32 450a02〕「七界,意入所攝」〔T32 450a04〕。同一組對應,那裡是從入、界數到陰,這裡是從陰數到入、界——方向反過來了。

方向反過來,是因為要略。從入界數陰,得到的是攤開的三科;從陰數入界,得到的是收攏的名色。

然後是四句相對:「餘名餘色者以色空,色者以名空」〔T32 453c18–19〕,「名者以色不離,色者以名不離」〔T32 453c19–20〕。空與不離並出,論文不自釋其會通,本編照錄不代判。

第二節末以二譬收:「如鼓聲唯依名色生。依色名生,如盲跛遠行」〔T32 453c20–21〕。「跛」這個字全論只出現這一次。至於那面鼓,它還會再響——本品的偈裡三見〔456a12·456a15·456a25〕。

本段交出的讀法就在下一步:遇到論文把同一句原樣重複,先不要讀那句,先找出兩次之間換掉的是什麼。

名色差別:色作,而名知「我作」

第三節設一問:「問:名色者何差別?答:名者無身,色者有身」〔T32 453c21–22〕。

答文列十一目。十一目而其式有二。

前四目是兩邊各給一句、正面相對:無身對有身;「名者有所知,色者無所知」〔T32 453c22〕;「名者輕轉,色者遲轉。名無聚,色有聚」〔T32 453c22–23〕。

第五目起換了形:「名者覺知思識,色者無此」〔T32 453c23–24〕——不再另給一句,只說對面沒有。「無此」全論九見,本段就佔七見〔453c24(二見)·453c25·453c26·453c27·453c28·453c29〕。

而最後六目,兩兩成對:

「色者行倚坐臥屈申,名無此」〔T32 453c24〕/「名者知我行我倚我坐我臥我屈我申,色無此」〔T32 453c24–25〕。

「色者飲食噉甞,名無此」〔T32 453c25–26〕/「名者知我飲我食我噉我甞,色無此」〔T32 453c26–27〕。

「色者拍戲笑啼種種言說,名無此」〔T32 453c27–28〕/「名者知我拍我笑我戲我啼我種種言說,色無此」〔T32 453c28–29〕。

三對六目,每一對的上句屬色、下句屬名,而下句一律多一個「我」字。「知我」全論五見,本段三見〔453c25·453c26·453c28〕。

色行、色食、色笑;名不行、不食、不笑,名只知道「我行」「我食」「我笑」。論文不下按語,只把這三對排開。

末以「謂名色差別」〔T32 453c29〕收。

第二次收:換的是所收之法

現在回到所見。

「唯以名色、無眾生無命」〔T32 454a01〕,「已令起、已得行想,爾時一切作略」〔T32 454a01–02〕。

把這一句與第一次那句並排:

前一次——唯有陰入界,無眾生無命,已令起已得行想。 後一次——唯以名色,無眾生無命,已令起已得行想。

「無眾生無命」全論二見,兩見都在這裡;「已得行想」全論二見,兩見也都在這裡〔453c15·454a01〕〔453c15–16·454a01–02〕。同一收句,一字不改地用了兩遍。

兩遍之間換掉的,就是三科換成名色。這一段所辦的事,全在那個換。

而第二次收完,論文立刻補一句「爾時一切作略」〔T32 454a02〕——「略」字自此收口。這一句同樣全論只出現一次。

隨後才是苦諦的總語:「苦諦者令起如實知見清淨,令名色起」〔T32 454a02–03〕,「此總語苦諦令起可知」〔T32 454a03〕。末句轉出下一段:「彼坐禪人如是已令起苦諦,作眾生想,從此苦因緣應觀」〔T32 454a03–05〕。

再停一問:既說已明了諦,何以又說未分別四聖諦?

還有一處該停。

本段第一句把「諦」列進已明了〔T32 453c01〕,第五句卻說「未分別四聖諦」〔T32 453c04–05〕。同一段內,諦既在已辦之列,又在未辦之列。

可核的是二處動詞不同:前作「明了」,後作「分別」。而品十一那一門自己的收語作「以此行於聖諦知令起,此謂聖諦方便」〔T32 453b27〕——用的是「令起」。

三個動詞,論文都沒有另立一節去分。本編照錄不代裁,只把這一層可核的字面差別記下;其分別之實義,由品十二後文自出。


帶走三件:一個所見——本段有一句收語原樣用了兩次,第一次收陰入界〔T32 453c15〕、第二次收名色〔T32 454a01〕;其中「無眾生無命」與「已得行想」二語全論各二見而兩見皆在此;兩次之間只隔一句「爾時已略作二種令起,所謂名、色」〔T32 453c16〕,換掉的那一項就是本段所辦之事一個讀法——遇論文把同一句原樣重複,先找出兩次之間換掉的是什麼;本段照此一讀,全段骨架即現。兩處停問——①「三百鉾刺喻」「燒頭愛喻」〔T32 453c04〕本論零出處(「鉾」「燒頭」各全論唯一見),而同列前三件皆有著落,照錄不代補;②首句列「諦」於已明了而末句云「未分別四聖諦」,二處動詞一作明了一作分別,照錄不代裁。

還有三件小事該記著:陰·入·界三門各以「如某方便廣說,如是當知」回指品十一,此式全論三見皆在本段;「於是色陰十入十界色,四陰意入七界」〔T32 453c17〕之數與品十一攝門同組而方向相反(彼自入界數陰、此自陰數入界);名色差別十一目前四正對而後七繫「無此」,其後六目成三對,色作而名知「我作」

Chapter Twelve opens here. This is the first passage of the chapter and the first passage of the treatise’s final chapter.

The central observation can be stated at once: one closing formula is used twice without alteration. The first gathers aggregates, sense bases, and elements; the second gathers name-and-form. Between the two stands only the sentence, “At this point, what has arisen is reduced to two kinds, namely name and form” 〔T32 453c16〕. The closing does not change; only the dhammas being gathered change. That change is the work of the passage.

The Opening First Takes Account

The treatise does not begin by explaining the four noble truths. It first takes account: “At this point, the meditator has clearly understood the aggregates, elements, sense bases, conditionality, and truths” 〔T32 453c01〕, followed by “has heard about precepts, ascetic practices, and meditation.”

Together these two series name the whole road by which the treatise has reached this point. The first five names—aggregates, elements, sense bases, conditionality, and truths—are the five methods of Chapter Eleven. Each of that chapter’s five doors has a corresponding statement that it “has ended” 〔448c24·449c24·450a16·451c27·453b27〕, neither more nor fewer. The second series—precepts, ascetic practices, and meditation—names earlier work.

The author does not write a separate introduction. With one statement of what “has been obtained,” the preceding chapters are called to mind.

Five matters “already contemplated” follow: “has contemplated the fearfulness of the bad destinations, has contemplated the fearfulness of beginningless birth and death, has contemplated the impossibility of obtaining even a single instant” 〔T32 453c02–04〕, and “has contemplated the simile of three hundred spears and the simile of love for one whose head is burning” 〔T32 453c04〕.

Only after these five does the word “not yet” appear: “has not yet distinguished the four noble truths; to distinguish the noble truths, one should apply the method, form the desire, and arouse courageous energy” 〔T32 453c04–06〕. The account closes, “One should direct the mind exclusively to its object and bring this work to fulfillment” 〔T32 453c06〕.

What has been completed is arranged in two series of eight items; what remains is a single matter. The passage’s center of gravity lies not in the eight, but in the one.

Pause: Where Did the Treatise Teach Those Two Similes?

Two of the five contemplated matters call for a pause.

The “simile of three hundred spears” and the “simile of love for one whose head is burning” 〔T32 453c04〕 are said to have been contemplated. Where, then, did an earlier chapter of the treatise teach them?

A measured search finds no occurrence. The graph “spear” occurs only here in the entire treatise, and “head is burning” likewise occurs only here. “Three hundred” occurs twice elsewhere, but both instances concern three hundred bones 〔433b09·434a22〕 and have nothing to do with this simile.

The first three items in the same list are different. “Bad destination” occurs twenty-two times in the treatise, “single instant” twelve times, and “beginningless birth and death” twice—the other instance being in the conditionality method of Chapter Eleven 〔T32 450c21〕. The first three have an identifiable place in the treatise; the final two do not.

This passage cannot answer the question. Only two facts are checkable: the latter two similes have no source within the treatise, and the treatise nevertheless includes them among what “has been contemplated.”

This edition records without supplying. It does not identify a source for the two similes on the author’s behalf, nor does it delete or demote the lines because a source cannot be found. The treatise says they have been contemplated; the edition records both that claim and the absence of an internal source.

Reading Practice: Find What Changes Between the Two Occurrences

The passage’s structure can now be read.

The second section answers “How should it be done?” 〔T32 453c06–07〕. Hearing comes first, retention next, and sitting afterward: “whether in brief, in detail, or both briefly and in detail; through hearing, meaning, and recitation, it should be retained” 〔T32 453c07–08〕; “The meditator then enters a secluded place and sits. With a mind neither distracted nor coming and going, the four noble truths should be caused to arise” 〔T32 453c08–10〕.

The truth of suffering is then caused to arise by retracing an old road: “First the truth of suffering should be caused to arise, whether through the aggregates, the sense bases, or the elements” 〔T32 453c10–11〕.

Three approaches use one mold: “As explained in detail in the aggregate method, so should this be understood” 〔T32 453c11–12〕; “The sense bases should be caused to arise through the characteristic of sense bases. As explained in detail in the sense-base method, so should this be understood” 〔T32 453c12–13〕; and “The elements should be caused to arise through the characteristic of elements. As explained in detail in the element method, so should this be understood” 〔T32 453c13–14〕.

The formula “explained in detail; so should this be understood” occurs three times in the entire treatise, all three here 〔453c12·453c13·453c14〕. The author repeats no explanation, but sends the reader back to Chapter Eleven.

After the three approaches comes the first closing: “only aggregates, sense bases, and elements; no being and no life” 〔T32 453c15〕, and “has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations” 〔T32 453c15–16〕.

The pivot follows immediately: “At this point, what has arisen is reduced to two kinds, namely name and form” 〔T32 453c16〕.

Three classes are reduced to two. The phrase “reduced to two kinds and caused to arise” occurs only here in the entire treatise.

After the reduction, the treatise recalculates the relation of aggregates, sense bases, and elements: “The form aggregate is the form of the ten sense bases and ten elements; the four aggregates are the mind sense base and seven elements, called the dhamma sense base and dhamma element” 〔T32 453c17–18〕.

These numbers are not new. The inclusion section of Chapter Eleven’s sense-base method says, “Here the ten sense bases are included in the form aggregate” 〔T32 449c17–18〕 and “the mind sense base is included in seven elements” 〔T32 449c19〕. The element method says, “Here the ten elements are included in the form aggregate” 〔T32 450a02〕 and “seven elements are included in the mind sense base” 〔T32 450a04〕. The same correspondences are counted from sense bases and elements toward aggregates there, but from aggregates toward sense bases and elements here—the direction is reversed.

It is reversed because the purpose is reduction. Counting aggregates from sense bases and elements yields the three classes spread open; counting sense bases and elements from the aggregates yields name-and-form gathered together.

Four contrasting statements follow: “The remaining name and the remaining form are empty through form; form is empty through name” 〔T32 453c18–19〕, and “name is not separate from form; form is not separate from name” 〔T32 453c19–20〕. Emptiness and non-separation appear together, but the treatise does not explain how they are to be coordinated. This edition records without deciding.

The second section closes with two similes: “As the sound of a drum arises only in dependence on name-and-form, name arises in dependence on form, like a blind person and a lame person traveling far” 〔T32 453c20–21〕. The graph for “lame” occurs only here in the entire treatise. The drum, however, will sound again—three times in this chapter’s verses 〔456a12·456a15·456a25〕.

The reading practice is now ready: when the treatise repeats the same statement unchanged, do not begin with the repeated statement. First find what changed between the two occurrences.

The Difference Between Name and Form: Form Acts; Name Knows “I Act”

The third section asks, “Question: What is the difference between name and form? Answer: Name has no body; form has a body” 〔T32 453c21–22〕.

The answer gives eleven items in two forms.

The first four give a predicate to each side and place them in positive opposition: bodiless against embodied; “name has that which it knows; form has nothing that it knows” 〔T32 453c22〕; and “name turns lightly; form turns slowly. Name has no mass; form has mass” 〔T32 453c22–23〕.

The form changes with the fifth item: “Name senses, knows, intends, and cognizes; form has none of these” 〔T32 453c23–24〕. It no longer gives a separate positive statement, but says only that the other side lacks these things. “Has none of these” occurs nine times in the whole treatise, seven of them in this passage 〔453c24(二見)·453c25·453c26·453c27·453c28·453c29〕.

The final six items form three pairs:

“Form walks, leans, sits, lies down, bends, and stretches; name has none of these” 〔T32 453c24〕 / “Name knows, ‘I walk, I lean, I sit, I lie down, I bend, and I stretch’; form has none of these” 〔T32 453c24–25〕.

“Form drinks, eats, chews, and tastes; name has none of these” 〔T32 453c25–26〕 / “Name knows, ‘I drink, I eat, I chew, and I taste’; form has none of these” 〔T32 453c26–27〕.

“Form claps, plays, laughs, cries, and speaks in many ways; name has none of these” 〔T32 453c27–28〕 / “Name knows, ‘I clap, I laugh, I play, I cry, and I speak in many ways’; form has none of these” 〔T32 453c28–29〕.

In all three pairs the first statement belongs to form, the second to name, and the second consistently adds “I.” “Knows I” occurs five times in the treatise and three times here 〔453c25·453c26·453c28〕.

Form walks, eats, and laughs. Name does not walk, eat, or laugh; name only knows, “I walk,” “I eat,” and “I laugh.” The treatise adds no comment; it simply sets out the three pairs.

The list closes, “This is called the difference between name and form” 〔T32 453c29〕.

Second Closing: What Changes Is the Dhamma Gathered

Now return to the central observation.

“Only name-and-form; no being and no life” 〔T32 454a01〕; “has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations. At this point everything has been reduced” 〔T32 454a01–02〕.

Set this beside the first closing:

First—only aggregates, sense bases, and elements; no being and no life; has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations.

Second—only name-and-form; no being and no life; has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations.

“No being and no life” occurs twice in the whole treatise, both times here; “has obtained the perception of formations” also occurs twice in the whole treatise, both times here 〔453c15·454a01〕 〔453c15–16·454a01–02〕. The same closing is used twice, word for word.

What changes between the two is the replacement of the three classes by name-and-form. The work of the whole passage lies in that change.

Immediately after the second closing, the treatise adds, “At this point everything has been reduced” 〔T32 454a02〕. Here the word “reduced” reaches its close. This sentence too occurs only once in the treatise.

Only then comes the general statement of the truth of suffering: “The truth of suffering is caused to arise by causing purified knowledge and vision in accordance with reality to arise and by causing name-and-form to arise” 〔T32 454a02–03〕; “This is the general statement of causing the truth of suffering to arise; it should be understood accordingly” 〔T32 454a03〕. The final sentence turns toward the next passage: “After causing the truth of suffering to arise in this way, the meditator forms the perception of a being. From here, the conditions of suffering should be contemplated” 〔T32 454a03–05〕.

A Second Pause: If Truths Were Clearly Understood, Why Are the Four Noble Truths Not Yet Distinguished?

One more point calls for a pause.

The opening sentence includes “truths” among what has been clearly understood 〔T32 453c01〕, but the fifth says, “has not yet distinguished the four noble truths” 〔T32 453c04–05〕. In one passage, truths are counted among what has been completed and among what has not.

What can be checked is that the verbs differ: the former says “clearly understood,” the latter “distinguished.” Chapter Eleven’s own closing says, “Through this practice, cause knowledge concerning the noble truths to arise. This is called the noble-truth method” 〔T32 453b27〕, using “cause to arise.”

The treatise gives no separate section distinguishing the three verbs. This edition records without deciding. It notes only this verifiable difference of wording; what “distinguishing” entails will be disclosed by the remainder of Chapter Twelve.


Take away three things. One observation: the passage uses one closing unchanged twice, first for aggregates, sense bases, and elements 〔T32 453c15〕 and then for name-and-form 〔T32 454a01〕. The phrases “no being and no life” and “has obtained the perception of formations” each occur twice in the entire treatise, both occurrences here. Between them stands only “At this point, what has arisen is reduced to two kinds, namely name and form” 〔T32 453c16〕. What changes is the work of the passage. One reading practice: when the treatise repeats a sentence unchanged, find first what changes between the two occurrences; here that move reveals the structure. Two pauses: first, the “simile of three hundred spears” and the “simile of love for one whose head is burning” 〔T32 453c04〕 have no source elsewhere in this treatise—the graphs “spear” and “head is burning” each occur only here—so the edition records without supplying. Second, the opening counts “truths” among what has been clearly understood, then says the four noble truths have not yet been distinguished. The two verbs differ, and the difference is recorded without decision.

Three smaller points also matter. Aggregates, sense bases, and elements each point back to Chapter Eleven with “as explained in detail in that method, so should this be understood,” a formula whose three occurrences in the whole treatise are all here. The numbers in “the form aggregate is the form of the ten sense bases and ten elements; the four aggregates are the mind sense base and seven elements” 〔T32 453c17〕 match Chapter Eleven’s inclusion sections but run in the opposite direction. Finally, the eleven differences between name and form begin with four positive oppositions; the next seven say that the other side “has none of these,” and the last six form three pairs in which form acts while name knows “I act.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Noble Truths Method and Name-and-Form · Exposition · Summer 2026

四諦因緣與三相廣觀Conditions of the Four Noble Truths and Extended Contemplation of the Three Characteristics

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

12-01 末句把讀者交出去:「從此苦因緣應觀」。本段接住的第一句就是一問:「問:此苦何因緣何集?答:彼坐禪人如是知,此苦生為因緣」〔T32 454a05–06〕。

先把所見說在前頭:本段有兩處把數字連寫,而兩處都能用它自己報出的那個「六十」把斷句還原——「於五陰五十二成六十」是五乘十二,「此十六成六十」是十乘六。而同一段另有一處,數與序怎麼算都對不上:還滅之列五句,首尾二句合於逆追之序而中間三句倒置。同一段之內,數校得回二處、校不回一處。

逆追十一環,一環不缺

先看四諦是怎麼立起來的。

論主不從苦的定義講起,他從苦往上追:「生者有為因緣,有者取為因緣,取者愛為因緣,愛者受為因緣」〔T32 454a06–07〕,一路追到底——「觸者六入為因緣,六入者名色為因緣,名色者識為因緣,識者行為因緣,行者無明為因緣」〔T32 454a08–10〕。

十一句,一律以「者」繫其所依而以「為因緣」收句,中間一環也不缺。

追到頭,論主回身作一句總結:「如是無明緣行,行緣識,生緣老死,成憂悲苦惱,如是悉苦陰成起」〔T32 454a10–11〕。

這一句總結只出三個扣:頭上兩個,末了一個。中間全略。

於是苦集二諦立起來了。論主收一句:「彼坐禪人如是以因緣所縛以廣觀,爾時以作略,此受緣愛,彼苦集令起」〔T32 454a11–13〕。

隨後給這個智三個名字:「或法住智、或聖取因緣智,或離疑清淨,此眾語言集諦令起智」〔T32 454a13–15〕。三個名字在本論裡各只出現這一次,而論主用「此眾語言」一句把它們總繫起來,不辨其異。本編照錄不代判。

停一停:還滅那五句,次序為什麼是這樣?

接著是滅諦。論主先設兩問:「誰滅?為苦滅。誰滅?為此苦滅」〔T32 454a16〕。

然後列還滅:「從生滅此苦滅,從生滅有滅,從有滅取滅,從取滅愛滅,從無明滅行滅」〔T32 454a17–18〕。

這五句該停下來看。

第一句——從生滅,此苦滅。合。上文說「此苦生為因緣」,生是苦的因,所以生滅則苦滅。

第五句——從無明滅,行滅。也合。上文說「行者無明為因緣」。

可是中間三句倒過來了。從生滅、有滅;從有滅、取滅;從取滅、愛滅——照上文,有是生的因、取是有的因、愛是取的因,所以應當是「從有滅生滅」「從取滅有滅」「從愛滅取滅」。這三句把因與果掉了個位。

還有一件:從「取滅愛滅」之後,論文直接跳到「從無明滅行滅」——中間受、觸、六入、名色、識五環一句不列。

停下來問:這一列的次序,為什麼首尾合而中間反?

本段答不了。可核的只有三件事:首尾二句與逆追之列相合;中間三句倒置;此處無校記——校本沒有把它當作異文處理。

本編照錄不代改、不代補。

而緊接著的那句總結,形卻是端正的:「如是從無明滅行滅,從行滅識滅,從生滅老死憂悲苦惱滅」〔T32 454a19–20〕。這一句只出三個扣,與上文順觀那句總結的位置一模一樣——頭上兩個,末了一個。二處對稱。

滅諦於是收起來:「彼坐禪人如是因緣所縛滅,已廣已觀,爾時作略,此受緣愛,從彼滅苦滅,令起滅諦」〔T32 454a20–22〕。

把集諦與滅諦這兩句收語並排看,它們是同一個模子。「此受緣愛」全論二見,兩見都在這裡〔454a13·454a22〕;「因緣所縛」全論二見,也都在這裡〔454a12·454a21〕。二諦一起一滅,收句一字不換。

道諦:四諦之中只有它回頭指路

道諦一節最短:「何道?何具足為愛滅」〔T32 454a23–24〕,答曰「於五受陰觀過患,此道此具足為愛滅,令起道諦,如諦方便廣說,如是可知」〔T32 454a24–26〕。

這裡有一處值得記。四諦逐一立起,而只有道諦這一諦回頭指路——「如諦方便廣說」〔T32 454a25–26〕全論只出現這一次。苦、集、滅三諦都是就地說完,不回指。

這個手法 12-01 用過:那裡陰、入、界三門各以「如是當知」收句〔453c12·453c13·453c14〕,把讀者送回品十一。同一把手法,本段只用一次,而且只用在道諦上。

為什麼是道諦?本段答不了,但可核的是位置:苦、集、滅三諦在本段各有一段自己的鋪陳——苦有十一環的逆追,集有一句收語加三個名字,滅有還滅之列加一句收語;唯獨道諦連鋪陳都沒有,只給一句「於五受陰觀過患」就轉出去了〔T32 454a24–26〕。四諦之中,最短的那一諦正是唯一回頭指路的那一諦。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

讀法:數對不上時,先試改斷句

四諦既起,論文轉入一百八十法:「爾時於五受陰,以一百八十法次第以聚分別觀」〔T32 454a27–28〕。

先看第一組怎麼算。

限定詞是:「所有色過去未來現在、或內或外、或大或小、或麁或妙、或遠或近」〔T32 454a28–29〕,然後「一切色以無常廣觀,以廣觀苦、以廣觀無我」〔T32 454a29–454b01〕。受、想、行、識也照此。

算法那一句是:「於一一陰十二法門,於五陰五十二成六十」〔T32 454b02–03〕。

「五十二成六十」——照字面讀不通。五十二不是六十。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到論文自報之數與所列對不上,先試著改斷句,再判斷。

照這個去試:讀作「五」與「十二」,五陰乘十二法門——正得六十。一改即合。

第二組更直接。「復次一百八十法門,六內入、六外入、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六想身、六思身、六愛身、六覺、六觀」〔T32 454b04–07〕,然後說「此十六成六十」〔T32 454b07〕。

「十六成六十」照字面也不通。而上面所列,數一數正是十目,每一目各繫一個「六」。讀作「十」與「六」相乘——又正得六十。

同一段之內,兩處連寫,兩處都被它自己報出的「六十」還原了。這與前一節那個還滅之列恰成對照:那裡數只能告訴我們對不上,這裡數能把讀法交回來。

三個六十合成一百八十,第二組還把這一步寫明:「三六十成一百八十」〔T32 454b08〕。「一百八十」全論四見,四見都在本段。

(順帶記一件:第一組所列的限定詞——過去、未來、現在、內、外、大、小、麁、妙、遠、近——數一數是十一個,而論文標作「十二法門」;若把「一切色」的「一切」也算一個,正好十二。照錄不代判。)

三相:三段的字都不一樣

一百八十法既立,論文逐一說三相怎麼觀。

無常那一段先鋪時間:「彼久遠年時日月月半日夜時念剎那,以迴轉法行成新故,如燈焰相續成轉」〔T32 454b08–10〕,然後說「以無常於行分別觀」〔T32 454b10〕。這面燈焰不是只點這一次——本論四見,其中兩見就在下一節之後的 12-04〔455a12·455a21〕。

苦那一段鋪的是逼迫,末句作「以苦於行觀分別」〔T32 454b12〕。

無我那一段鋪的是無主,「無眾生、不動、無事、自性行成起」〔T32 454b13–14〕,末句作「以無我於觀分別」〔T32 454b14–15〕。

三句的字都不一樣:一作「於行分別觀」,一作「於行觀分別」,一作「於觀分別」——末一句連「行」字都沒有。照錄不代齊。

隨後三相各繫一義、各除一想:「以滅義、以苦怖義、無我不實義」〔T32 454b15–16〕;「於是以無常已分別除常想,以苦分別除樂想,以無我分別除我想」〔T32 454b18–19〕。

三義對三想,一一相當。這一組是本段少數幾處字面齊整的地方:三相各出一義,三義各除一想,數與位都不缺一。與上面那三句末語之互異並看,論主齊整的地方齊整、不齊整的地方也就由它不齊整——本編只記其齊與不齊,不代為統一。

三答:形也不齊

最後三問三答,把三相各繫一處。

「問:云何以無常廣分別?答:如實見一切諸行,無有為邊、滅為邊」〔T32 454b19–20〕,「於無相或令起心,於無相界為安心,是故以無常廣分別」〔T32 454b21–22〕。

「問:云何以苦分別?答:於一切諸行令心怖畏,從作願令起心,於無作願為心安」〔T32 454b22–24〕。

「問:云何以無我廣分別?答:於一切法見從他從此執令起心,於空界為心安」〔T32 454b24–26〕。

三答之形不齊,而不齊的地方各不相同。無常一答,起處與安處同說「無相」;苦一答,起處說「作願」而安處說「無作願」,一正一反;無我一答,起處說的是所見(從他、從此執),根本沒有給一個界名,只有安處說「空界」。

「無有為邊」「無作願」「於空界」三語各全論只出現這一次。照錄不代齊。

末以一句收:「如是分別三有、五趣、七識住、九眾生居,以滅怖畏,以無實觀之(分別智已竟)」〔T32 454b27–29〕。

這是品十二的第一個夾註收語。而這一組四名還會再出現——本論四見,其中三見都在 12-07〔456c12·456c14–15·456c22〕。至於「分別智」這個名字,本論三見,另二見在 12-05,那裡作「諸行分別智」(455c11·455c15)。


帶走三件:一個所見——本段兩處連寫皆以其自報之「六十」還原(「於五陰五十二成六十」〔T32 454b03〕=五×十二·「此十六成六十」〔T32 454b07〕=十×六),而還滅之列五句首尾合序、中間三句倒置且五環不列〔T32 454a17–18〕:同一段內,數校得回二處、校不回一處。一個讀法——遇論文自報之數與所列對不上,先試改斷句;一改即合的照數還原而字仍照錄,改了仍不合的不要硬改。一處停問——還滅之列首尾合而中間反,五環又不列,其序何以如此?此處無校記,本編照錄不代改、不代補。

還有三件小事該記著:順逆二總結各只出首二環與末一環而位置全同〔T32 454a10–11·454a19–20〕;集諦與滅諦二收句同式,「此受緣愛」「因緣所縛」二語各全論二見而皆在此二處;四諦之中唯道諦以「如諦方便廣說」回頭指路〔T32 454a25–26〕,此語全論唯一見。

The final sentence of 12-01 hands the reader onward: “From here, the conditions of suffering should be contemplated.” This passage receives that handoff with a question: “Question: What is the condition and arising of this suffering? Answer: The meditator knows in this way: this suffering has birth as its condition” 〔T32 454a05–06〕.

The central observation is this: two places run numbers together without a break, and in both places the text’s own announced total of “sixty” restores the reading. 於五陰五十二成六十 is five times twelve; 此十六成六十 is ten times six. Elsewhere in the same passage, however, neither counting nor sequence makes the wording align: in the five statements of reverse cessation, the first and last agree with the backward sequence, while the middle three are reversed. Within one passage, two readings can be recovered by number and one cannot.

Eleven Links Traced Backward, None Omitted

First observe how the four truths are established.

The author does not begin from a definition of suffering. He traces backward from suffering: “Birth has becoming as its condition; becoming has grasping as its condition; grasping has craving as its condition; craving has feeling as its condition” 〔T32 454a06–07〕, and continues to the beginning: “Contact has the six sense bases as its condition; the six sense bases have name-and-form as their condition; name-and-form has consciousness as its condition; consciousness has formations as its condition; formations have ignorance as their condition” 〔T32 454a08–10〕.

Eleven statements consistently attach the conditioned member and close with “has … as its condition.” No intermediate link is omitted.

Having reached the beginning, the author turns and gives a summary: “Thus ignorance conditions formations, formations condition consciousness, and birth conditions aging and death, producing grief, lamentation, suffering, and distress. In this way, the entire aggregate of suffering arises” 〔T32 454a10–11〕.

The summary gives only three links: the first two and the last. The middle is omitted.

The truths of suffering and arising are thereby established. The author closes: “Having contemplated in detail how one is bound by conditions, the meditator now reduces the account: this feeling conditions craving, and that arising of suffering is caused to arise” 〔T32 454a11–13〕.

Three names are then given to this knowledge: “knowledge of the stability of dhammas, noble knowledge that grasps conditionality, or purification through freedom from doubt—these several expressions refer to knowledge that causes the truth of arising to arise” 〔T32 454a13–15〕. Each of the three names occurs only once in the treatise, and the author gathers them with “these several expressions” without distinguishing them. This edition records without adjudication.

Pause: Why Are the Five Statements of Reverse Cessation Ordered This Way?

The truth of cessation follows. The author first asks twice: “What ceases? It is suffering that ceases. What ceases? It is this suffering that ceases” 〔T32 454a16〕.

Then comes reverse cessation: “From the cessation of birth, this suffering ceases; from the cessation of birth, becoming ceases; from the cessation of becoming, grasping ceases; from the cessation of grasping, craving ceases; from the cessation of ignorance, formations cease” 〔T32 454a17–18〕.

These five statements require a pause.

The first—when birth ceases, this suffering ceases—agrees with the earlier statement that birth conditions suffering.

The fifth—when ignorance ceases, formations cease—also agrees with the earlier statement that ignorance conditions formations.

But the middle three are reversed. The cessation of birth is followed by the cessation of becoming; the cessation of becoming by the cessation of grasping; the cessation of grasping by the cessation of craving. In the earlier series, becoming conditions birth, grasping conditions becoming, and craving conditions grasping. A sequence in the earlier causal order would therefore place the cessation of becoming before the cessation of birth, grasping before becoming, and craving before grasping. The three statements exchange the places of condition and conditioned.

There is a further feature. After “the cessation of grasping, craving ceases,” the passage jumps directly to “the cessation of ignorance, formations cease.” Feeling, contact, the six sense bases, name-and-form, and consciousness—five intermediate links—are not stated.

Why do the first and last agree while the middle three reverse?

The passage cannot answer. Three points alone are checkable: the first and last agree with the backward chain; the middle three reverse it; and no critical note occurs here—the critical tradition does not mark the passage as a variant.

This edition records without correction or supplementation.

The summary immediately following is orderly: “Thus, from the cessation of ignorance, formations cease; from the cessation of formations, consciousness ceases; from the cessation of birth, aging, death, grief, lamentation, suffering, and distress cease” 〔T32 454a19–20〕. It gives only three links, in exactly the same positions as the earlier forward summary—the first two and the last. The two summaries are symmetrical.

The truth of cessation then closes: “Having contemplated in detail the cessation of being bound by conditions, the meditator now reduces the account: this feeling conditions craving; from its cessation, suffering ceases. Thus the truth of cessation is caused to arise” 〔T32 454a20–22〕.

Place the closings of arising and cessation side by side: they use the same mold. The phrase “this feeling conditions craving” occurs twice in the whole treatise, both times here 〔454a13·454a22〕; “bound by conditions” also occurs twice, both times here 〔454a12·454a21〕. The two truths move in opposite directions, but the closing wording is unchanged.

The Truth of the Path: The Only Truth That Points Backward

The path section is shortest: “What is the path? What completeness brings craving to cessation?” 〔T32 454a23–24〕. The answer is: “Contemplating the danger in the five appropriated aggregates is this path and this completeness that brings craving to cessation. Thus the truth of the path is caused to arise. As explained in detail in the noble-truth method, so should this be understood” 〔T32 454a24–26〕.

One textual feature deserves notice. As the four truths are caused to arise one by one, only the truth of the path points backward to a preceding explanation. The formula “as explained in detail in the noble-truth method” 〔T32 454a25–26〕 occurs only once in the whole treatise. Suffering, arising, and cessation are stated locally without such a pointer.

The same device appeared in 12-01, where aggregates, sense bases, and elements each closed with “so should this be understood” 〔453c12·453c13·453c14〕 and sent the reader back to Chapter Eleven. Here the device appears once and only for the truth of the path.

Why the path alone? The passage cannot say. Its placement can be checked: suffering, arising, and cessation each receive a local development—suffering has the eleven-link backward tracing, arising has a closing plus three names, cessation has the reverse-cessation series plus its closing. The path alone has almost no development; after one sentence about contemplating the danger in the five appropriated aggregates, it turns outward 〔T32 454a24–26〕. The shortest truth is the one that points back. This edition records the contrast without supplying a reason.

Reading Practice: When the Number Does Not Fit, First Test the Punctuation

Once the four truths have arisen, the treatise turns to one hundred and eighty dhammas: “At this point, with respect to the five appropriated aggregates, the meditator contemplates analytically in sequence and by groups through one hundred and eighty dhammas” 〔T32 454a27–28〕.

Begin with the first calculation.

The qualifications are “all form—past, future, and present; internal or external; large or small; coarse or subtle; far or near” 〔T32 454a28–29〕, followed by “all form is contemplated extensively as impermanent, as suffering, and as not-self” 〔T32 454a29–454b01〕. Feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are treated likewise.

The calculation reads: “Each aggregate has twelve approaches; 於五陰五十二成六十” 〔T32 454b02–03〕.

The written string 五十二成六十, if read as ‘fifty-two makes sixty,’ does not work. Fifty-two is not sixty.

The passage offers a reading practice: when an announced total does not match the listed items, first test a different punctuation before deciding.

Read the string as five and twelve: five aggregates times twelve approaches. It gives exactly sixty. A change of segmentation makes the number fit.

The second calculation is even clearer: “Again, the one hundred and eighty approaches are six internal sense bases, six external sense bases, six bodies of consciousness, six bodies of contact, six bodies of feeling, six bodies of perception, six bodies of intention, six bodies of craving, six applications of thought, and six examinations” 〔T32 454b04–07〕. It then says 此十六成六十 〔T32 454b07〕.

If 十六成六十 is read as ‘sixteen makes sixty,’ it likewise fails. But the preceding list has exactly ten items, each with a six. Read as ten times six, it again gives exactly sixty.

Within one passage, two unpunctuated strings are both restored by the total “sixty” that the text itself announces. This contrasts with the reverse-cessation series: there the sequence only tells us that it does not align; here the count gives the reading back.

Three sixties make one hundred and eighty. The second calculation states this explicitly: “three sixties make one hundred and eighty” 〔T32 454b08〕. “One hundred and eighty” occurs four times in the whole treatise, all four here.

One further point should be noted. The first calculation lists past, future, present, internal, external, large, small, coarse, subtle, far, and near—eleven qualifications—while the text announces “twelve approaches.” If “all” in “all form” is also counted, there are twelve. The edition records without deciding.

The Three Characteristics: Each Passage Uses Different Words

Once the one hundred and eighty dhammas have been established, the treatise describes contemplation of the three characteristics.

The impermanence passage first lays out time: “Across distant years, seasons, days, months, half-months, days and nights, times, moments of mind, and instants, formations become new and old through a process of turning, like the flame of a lamp continuing and turning” 〔T32 454b08–10〕. It then says “formations are contemplated analytically as impermanent” 〔T32 454b10〕. The lamp flame is not lit only here: it occurs four times in the treatise, two of them in 12-04 〔455a12·455a21〕.

The suffering passage lays out oppression and closes, “formations are contemplated analytically as suffering” 〔T32 454b12〕.

The not-self passage lays out absence of a controller: “no being, unmoving, no entity, arising as formations by their own nature” 〔T32 454b13–14〕, and closes with “it is contemplated analytically as not-self” 〔T32 454b14–15〕.

The three statements are worded differently: one says “with respect to formations, analytically contemplate”; one “with respect to formations, contemplate analytically”; one “with respect to contemplation, analyze”—and the last does not contain the word “formations.” They are recorded without standardization.

Each characteristic is then linked to one meaning and removes one perception: “impermanence has the meaning of cessation; suffering, the meaning of fear; not-self, the meaning of unreality” 〔T32 454b15–16〕; and “analytical contemplation of impermanence removes the perception of permanence, contemplation of suffering removes the perception of pleasure, and contemplation of not-self removes the perception of self” 〔T32 454b18–19〕.

Three meanings correspond to three perceptions, one for one. Here the wording is fully regular: each characteristic has one meaning and each meaning removes one perception, without a missing number or position. Read beside the preceding three different closing formulations, the treatise is regular where it is regular and irregular where it is irregular. The edition notes both without making them uniform.

Three Answers, Three Different Forms

The final three questions and answers link each characteristic to a distinct place.

“Question: How is impermanence analyzed extensively? Answer: One sees all formations in accordance with reality: there is no conditioned boundary; cessation is the boundary” 〔T32 454b19–20〕; “one causes the mind to arise with regard to the signless and settles the mind in the signless element. Therefore this is called analyzing impermanence extensively” 〔T32 454b21–22〕.

“Question: How is suffering analyzed? Answer: One causes the mind to fear all formations, causes the mind to arise from forming an aspiration, and settles the mind in non-aspiration” 〔T32 454b22–24〕.

“Question: How is not-self analyzed extensively? Answer: Regarding all dhammas, one sees that grasping arises from another and from this; one settles the mind in the element of emptiness” 〔T32 454b24–26〕.

The forms of the three answers are unequal in different ways. The impermanence answer speaks of the signless both where the mind arises and where it settles. The suffering answer speaks positively of forming an aspiration at arising and negatively of non-aspiration at settling. The not-self answer describes what is seen at arising—from another and from this—and gives no name of an element there; only the settling point is called the element of emptiness.

The phrases “no conditioned boundary,” “non-aspiration,” and “in the element of emptiness” each occur only once in the whole treatise. They are recorded without standardization.

The closing says: “In this way one analyzes the three realms of becoming, five destinations, seven stations of consciousness, and nine abodes of beings, viewing them through cessation, fear, and unreality. (Analytical knowledge has ended)” 〔T32 454b27–29〕.

This is the first parenthetical closing formula in Chapter Twelve. The group of four names will recur: it appears four times in the work, three of them in 12-07 〔456c12·456c14–15·456c22〕. The name “analytical knowledge” occurs three times; the other two are in 12-05, where it is “analytical knowledge of formations” (455c11·455c15).


Take away three things. One observation: the passage restores two run-together numerical strings through its own announced total of sixty: 於五陰五十二成六十 〔T32 454b03〕 means five times twelve, and 此十六成六十 〔T32 454b07〕 means ten times six. Yet the five statements of reverse cessation agree at the first and last, reverse the middle three, and omit five links 〔T32 454a17–18〕. Two places can be recovered by number; one cannot. One reading practice: when an announced total does not match a list, test the punctuation first. If one segmentation makes the numbers agree, retain the written form but recognize the calculation; if no segmentation resolves it, do not force a correction. One pause: why do the first and last reverse-cessation statements agree while the middle three reverse and five links are omitted? No critical note occurs there; this edition records without correction or supplementation.

Three smaller points also matter. The forward and reverse summaries each give only the first two links and the last, in identical positions 〔T32 454a10–11·454a19–20〕. The closings of arising and cessation have the same form, and the phrases “this feeling conditions craving” and “bound by conditions” each occur twice in the work, both times in those two closings. Finally, of the four truths, only the path points backward through “as explained in detail in the noble-truth method” 〔T32 454a25–26〕, a phrase occurring only here in the work.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Conditions of the Four Noble Truths and Extended Contemplation of the Three Characteristics · Exposition · Summer 2026

三種取相與心相Three Kinds of Grasping a Sign and Signs of Mind

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

分別智已竟,觀行從「分別」轉到「取相」。本段開頭一句就把這一轉寫明:「彼坐禪人於五受陰,已分別於三相,令樂入欲斷諸行」〔T32 454c01–02〕,「爾時現在內五受陰取彼相令通達起滅」〔T32 454c02–03〕。

先把所見說在前頭:本段立取相三種,而三種各繫一個譬喻,一個也不缺——蛾投燈、繫象、捉毒蛇。三個譬喻在本論裡各只出現這一次。而三個譬喻的著力點各不相同:蛾是自己撲上去的,象是被繫住的,蛇是被捉住的。

三種取相,三個譬喻

論主先立目:「於是取相者,取相三種:取煩惱相、取定相、取毘婆舍那相」〔T32 454c04–05〕。

第一種釋在同一段內:「於是愚癡凡夫,於見聞覺知境界,以成樂常想顛倒所,初心以好取相」〔T32 454c05–07〕,「於此著煩惱,如蛾投燈,此謂取煩惱相」〔T32 454c07–08〕。

第二種另起一問:「問:云何取定相?答:於此坐禪人樂得定,以念正智所初心三十八行」〔T32 454c08–09〕,「於一一行取相令繫心,為不亂故如繫象,此謂取定相」〔T32 454c09–10〕。

第三種再起一問:「問:云何取毘婆奢那相?答:常觀人以慧所初心」〔T32 454c10–11〕,「色受想行識各各分別其自相,樂欲捨修彼相,如捉毒蛇,此謂取毘婆奢那相」〔T32 454c12–13〕。

三種取相,三個譬喻,一種一個。

而三個譬喻的方向不一樣。蛾投燈——動的是蛾自己,沒有人把牠繫上去、捉起來,牠自己撲。繫象——動的是繫的人,象被繫住。捉毒蛇——動的也是捉的人,而且捉的東西還會咬人。

一個是自投,兩個是他取;兩個他取之中,一個是把牠留住,一個是把牠拿起來而不能被牠傷。論文不下按語,只把三個譬喻擺在三個位置上。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

讀法:用齊的那幾處,去還原不齊的那一處

三種取相各自還繫了一個「能」:第一種繫顛倒,第二種繫念正智,第三種繫慧。

而繫的方式,字面上有一處不齊。

第二種作「以念正智所初心三十八行」〔T32 454c09〕,第三種作「常觀人以慧所初心」〔T32 454c11〕——「所初心」這三個字,本論二見,兩見都在這裡。

第一種呢?底本作「以成樂常想顛倒所,初心以好取相」〔T32 454c06–07〕——「所」黏在「顛倒」後面,「初心」另起。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到同一組三事,先看它是不是三事同式;若有一處字面不齊,用齊的那幾處去還原不齊的那一處。

照這個去還原:後二處既然都作「所初心」,第一處的那個「所」也該屬下而不屬上——「顛倒」收住,「所初心以好取相」另起。還原的憑據不是文意,是同組另二處的句式。本編照原字錄、不代加標點,只把這一層可核的還原記下。

(順帶記一件名字上的事:立目之處作「毘婆舍那」〔T32 454c05〕,而其問與其釋三處都作「毘婆奢那」(454c11·454c13·454c13–14)——同一單元之內二形並用。「毘婆奢那」本論三見,三見都在本段。此處有校記一條:四本於立目之處亦作「奢」;若從四本,本段三名一律。並錄不判,本文從底本,照錄不代齊。)

停一停:問裡為什麼沒有「色」?

第四節設一問:「問:云何取受想行識相?答:彼色識相」〔T32 454c14–15〕。

問裡列的是四樣——受、想、行、識。答文卻從色說起。

隨後四陰逐一出目:「如是觀彼受受相,或為樂、或為苦、或為不苦不樂」〔T32 454c16–17〕;「如是觀彼想想相,或為色想、或為法想」〔T32 454c17–18〕;「如是觀知行行相,或為觸、或為思、或為覺、或為觀、或為作意」〔T32 454c18–19〕;「如是觀彼識識相,或眼識、或意識」〔T32 454c19–20〕。

收句是:「如是善取彼相,以善令起。令起如是,取色受想行識相」〔T32 454c21–22〕——五樣。

所以問是四,答是五,收也是五。

停下來問一句:問裡為什麼沒有「色」?

本段答不了。可核的只有三件事:問列四名;答自色起而收句作五名;此處無校記——校本沒有把它當作異文處理。

本編照錄不代補、不代刪。不替論主把「色」加進問裡,也不把答文裡的色刪去。

(這裡還有一處小的不齊:四陰之目,受、想、識三處都作「如是觀彼」,只有行那一處作「如是觀知」〔T32 454c18〕——「如是觀知」本論只出現這一次。照錄不代齊。)

二行取心相:連收句也不齊

末後轉出一句:「復次以二行取心相,以事、以作意」〔T32 454c22–23〕。「取心相」這三個字本論五見,五見都在本段。

第一行:「問:云何以事取心相?答:以此事我心起」〔T32 454c23〕,末作「如是當觀,彼如是以事取心相」〔T32 454c25–26〕。

第二行:「問:云何以作意取心相?答:如是我作意色此心起」〔T32 454c26–27〕,末作「如是當觀,如是已作意取心相」〔T32 454c28〕。

兩個收句的字面不齊:前一個作「彼如是以事」,後一個作「如是已作意」——一個有「彼」而無「已」,一個有「已」而無「彼」。照錄不代齊。

這一節還有一件值得比對的:二行所觀的東西也不同。以事取心相那一行,所觀的是「以此色受事、以此想事、以此行事、以此識事」〔T32 454c24–25〕——四樣事;以作意取心相那一行,所觀的是「如是我作意受想行我心起」〔T32 454c27–28〕——受、想、行三樣連寫,而其上先出一句作意色〔T32 454c26–27〕。一行以「事」數其目而作四,一行以「作意」領其目而色與受想行分作二句。論文不出一個總數,本編亦不代數。

回頭看整段,本段的體例其實始終如一:三種取相同式而有一處斷句不齊,四陰之目同式而有一處領起不齊,二行取心相同式而有一處收句不齊——同一部書之內,論主每立一組,總在其中留一處不齊。這不是本段的結論,只是本段可核的相;至於是譯筆、是傳寫、還是本自如此,論文不言,本編亦不代言。

段末留下一個扣子:「如是善取彼相」〔T32 454c21〕。下一單元第一問就是問它怎樣才算「善取」。


帶走三件:一個所見——取相三種各繫一喻而一喻不缺(如蛾投燈〔T32 454c07〕·如繫象〔T32 454c10〕·如捉毒蛇〔T32 454c13〕,三喻各全論唯此一見),而三喻之向各異:蛾自投、象被繫、蛇被捉。一個讀法——遇同組三事,先看是否三事同式;有一處字面不齊,用齊的那幾處去還原它:「所初心」後二處齊而第一處底本斷作「顛倒所,初心」〔T32 454c06〕,依式可還原而字仍照錄。一處停問——「問:云何取受想行識相?」〔T32 454c14〕問列四名而答自色起、收句作五名〔T32 454c21–22〕,問裡何以無「色」?此處無校記,照錄不代補、不代刪。

還有三件小事該記著:立目作「毘婆舍那」而其問其釋三處作「毘婆奢那」,同一單元二形並用(此處校記一條,四本皆作「奢」);四陰之目三處作「如是觀彼」而行一處作「如是觀知」〔T32 454c18〕;二行取心相之收句不齊〔T32 454c25–26·454c28〕。

Analytical knowledge has ended, and contemplation of formations turns from “analysis” to “grasping a sign.” The opening writes the turn explicitly: “Having analyzed the three characteristics in the five appropriated aggregates, the meditator becomes inclined to enter and wishes to abandon formations” 〔T32 454c01–02〕; “At this point, the meditator grasps the sign of the present internal five appropriated aggregates and penetrates their arising and cessation” 〔T32 454c02–03〕.

The central observation is this: the passage establishes three kinds of grasping a sign, and each is linked to one simile, with none omitted—a moth flying into a lamp, an elephant tethered, and a venomous snake seized. Each simile occurs only once in the whole treatise. Their directions also differ: the moth throws itself forward, the elephant is tethered, and the snake is seized.

Three Kinds of Grasping a Sign, Three Similes

The author first gives the threefold heading: “Here, there are three kinds of grasping a sign: grasping the sign of defilement, grasping the sign of concentration, and grasping the sign of 毘婆舍那” 〔T32 454c04–05〕.

The first is explained in the same paragraph: “Here, in the fields of what is seen, heard, sensed, and known, a foolish ordinary person forms the distortions of pleasure and permanence; the base text runs ‘distortion-so, beginning-mind through liking grasps the sign’” 〔T32 454c05–07〕; “defilement adheres there, like a moth flying into a lamp. This is called grasping the sign of defilement” 〔T32 454c07–08〕.

The second begins with another question: “Question: How does one grasp the sign of concentration? Answer: Here the meditator wishes to attain concentration. With mindfulness and right knowledge as the capacity that first directs the mind toward the thirty-eight practices” 〔T32 454c08–09〕; “in each practice the meditator grasps a sign and binds the mind to it, to prevent distraction, like tethering an elephant. This is called grasping the sign of concentration” 〔T32 454c09–10〕.

The third begins with a further question: “Question: How does one grasp the sign of 毘婆奢那? Answer: One who continually contemplates uses wisdom as the capacity that first directs the mind” 〔T32 454c10–11〕; “form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness are each distinguished by their own characteristic; one delights in relinquishment and wishes to cultivate that sign, like seizing a venomous snake. This is called grasping the sign of 毘婆奢那” 〔T32 454c12–13〕.

Three kinds of grasping a sign, three similes—one for each.

The direction of each simile differs. In the moth flying into the lamp, the moth itself moves. No one tethers or seizes it; it flies forward on its own. In tethering the elephant, the person who tethers acts, while the elephant is bound. In seizing the venomous snake, the person who seizes also acts, but what is seized can bite.

One is self-projection; two are another’s grasping. Of the latter two, one holds the object in place, while the other lifts a dangerous object without being injured. The treatise offers no comment, but places the similes at their three respective points. This edition records the contrast without supplying the author’s reason.

Reading Practice: Use the Regular Cases to Recover the Irregular One

Each of the three kinds is also linked to a capacity: the first to distortion, the second to mindfulness and right knowledge, the third to wisdom.

The wording of that link is irregular in one place.

The second says, “with mindfulness and right knowledge as the capacity that first directs the mind toward the thirty-eight practices” 〔T32 454c09〕. The third says, “one who continually contemplates uses wisdom as the capacity that first directs the mind” 〔T32 454c11〕. The three-character Chinese string 所初心 occurs twice in the whole treatise, both times here.

What of the first? The base reads, “with the distortions of pleasure and permanence, distortion-so, beginning-mind through liking grasps the sign” 〔T32 454c06–07〕. The graph (“as the capacity that”) adheres to “distortion,” while 初心 (“first directs the mind”) begins after the punctuation.

The passage offers a reading practice: when three members form a set, first ask whether they use a common form. If one is irregular, use the regular cases to recover it.

The latter two both have the joined expression 所初心. By their shared form, the in the first should belong below rather than above: “distortion” closes, and “what the beginning mind, through liking, grasps as a sign” begins. The basis of this recovery is not an inferred meaning, but the sentence form of the other two members in the same set. The original characters remain; punctuation is not supplied on the text’s behalf.

One further detail concerns the name. The heading has 毘婆舍那, with the graph 〔T32 454c05〕, while the question and explanation use 毘婆奢那, with , three times (454c11·454c13·454c13–14). Two written forms occur within one unit. The form occurs three times in the whole treatise, all here. One critical note reports that four witnesses also read in the heading, which would make all three names uniform. The readings are recorded without adjudication; the body follows the base and does not standardize them.

Pause: Why Is “Form” Absent from the Question?

The fourth section asks, “Question: How does one grasp the signs of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness? Answer: The sign of form and consciousness …” 〔T32 454c14–15〕.

The question names four—feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—yet the answer begins with form.

The four mental aggregates are then named one by one: “One observes the characteristic of feeling in feeling as pleasant, painful, or neither painful nor pleasant” 〔T32 454c16–17〕; “one observes the characteristic of perception in perception as perception of form or perception of dhammas” 〔T32 454c17–18〕; “one observes and knows the characteristic of formations in formations as contact, intention, application of thought, examination, or attention” 〔T32 454c18–19〕; “one observes the characteristic of consciousness in consciousness as eye consciousness or mind consciousness” 〔T32 454c19–20〕.

The closing says, “In this way the meditator grasps the sign well and causes it to arise through what is wholesome. Causing it to arise in this way, the meditator grasps the signs of form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness” 〔T32 454c21–22〕—five items.

Thus the question gives four, the answer five, and the closing five.

Why is “form” absent from the question?

The passage cannot answer. Three points can be checked: the question names four; the answer begins with form and closes with five; no critical note occurs here—the critical tradition does not mark the wording as a variant.

This edition records without addition or deletion. It does not add “form” to the question on the author’s behalf or remove form from the answer.

There is one further small irregularity. Feeling, perception, and consciousness each begin with a Chinese phrase equivalent to “in this way observe that,” but formations alone begin “in this way observe and know” 〔T32 454c18〕. The phrase “in this way observe and know” occurs only here in the work. It is retained rather than standardized.

Two Ways of Grasping the Sign of Mind: Even the Closings Differ

The final turn states: “Again, the sign of mind is grasped in two ways: through an occasion and through attention” 〔T32 454c22–23〕. The phrase “grasp the sign of mind” occurs five times in the work, all five here.

The first way says, “Question: How does one grasp the sign of mind through an occasion? Answer: Through this occasion my mind arose” 〔T32 454c23〕, and closes, “One should contemplate accordingly. One in this way, through an occasion, grasps the sign of mind” 〔T32 454c25–26〕.

The second says, “Question: How does one grasp the sign of mind through attention? Answer: When I attend to form in this way, this mind arises” 〔T32 454c26–27〕, and closes, “One should contemplate accordingly. In this way one has, through attention, grasped the sign of mind” 〔T32 454c28〕.

The exact wording of the two closings differs: the first says “one in this way, through an occasion”; the second “in this way one has, through attention.” One contains “one” but not “has”; the other “has” but not “one.” They are recorded without standardization.

The objects contemplated in the two ways also differ. Grasping the sign through an occasion contemplates “through this occasion of form and feeling, this occasion of perception, this occasion of formations, and this occasion of consciousness” 〔T32 454c24–25〕—four occasions. Grasping it through attention says, “When I attend in this way to feeling, perception, and formations, my mind arises” 〔T32 454c27–28〕—feeling, perception, and formations run together, while attention to form appears in the preceding sentence 〔T32 454c26–27〕. One way counts its objects through “occasion” and gives four; the other leads them through “attention,” separating form from feeling, perception, and formations into two sentences. The treatise gives no total, and this edition supplies none.

Looking back across the passage, a repeated pattern appears: the three kinds of grasping a sign have a common form with one irregular punctuation; the four mental aggregates have a common form with one irregular introduction; the two ways of grasping the mind have a common form with one irregular closing. Whenever the author establishes a set, one member remains textually uneven. This is not a conclusion about why the text is so, only an observable feature. Whether it arose from translation, transmission, or the composition itself is not stated by the treatise and is not supplied here.

The unit leaves a hook: “In this way the meditator grasps the sign well” 〔T32 454c21〕. The first question of the next unit asks what makes that sign well grasped.


Take away three things. One observation: each of the three kinds of grasping a sign has one simile—moth flying into a lamp 〔T32 454c07〕, elephant tethered 〔T32 454c10〕, venomous snake seized 〔T32 454c13〕—and each simile occurs only once in the work. Their directions differ: the moth throws itself forward, the elephant is tethered, the snake is seized. One reading practice: when three items form a set, test whether they share one form; use the two regular members to recover the irregular one. The latter two have 所初心, while the first is punctuated “distortion-so, beginning-mind” 〔T32 454c06〕. The shared form allows a recovery while the written characters remain untouched. One pause: “Question: How does one grasp the signs of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness?” 〔T32 454c14〕 names four, while the answer begins with form and the closing names five 〔T32 454c21–22〕. Why is “form” absent from the question? No critical note occurs there; the wording is recorded without addition or deletion.

Three smaller points also matter. The heading has 毘婆舍那, while the question and explanation use 毘婆奢那 three times—two visibly different written forms within one unit; one critical note says four witnesses have in the heading. The introductions for feeling, perception, and consciousness say “observe that,” while formations alone says “observe and know” 〔T32 454c18〕. Finally, the two closings for grasping the sign of mind differ 〔T32 454c25–26·454c28〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Kinds of Grasping a Sign and Signs of Mind · Exposition · Summer 2026

善取相與起滅通達Well-Grasped Signs and Penetration of Arising and Cessation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

上一段末了留了一個扣子——「如是善取彼相」。本段第一句就把它解開:「問:云何彼相成善取?答:以是行、以是相,色受想行識想以成觀」〔T32 454c28–455a01〕。

先把所見說在前頭:本段每說完一次通達,就繫一句「以慧眼見」——色一處、受想行識一處、起相三行各一處、滅相三行各一處,總共八處,一處也不缺。而這一句在全論只出現這八次。八見全在本段。

善取的判準只有一條

論主答「云何彼相成善取」,給的判準短得出奇:「若復堪更觀彼相,以此行、以此相,是謂彼相成善取」〔T32 455a01–02〕。

能再觀一次,就算善取。

不是相現得清楚算善取,不是持得久算善取——是還能以同一個行、同一個相再觀一遍,就算。論文不別立他判,本編亦不代立。

(此處有一條校記:底本作「色受想行識想以成觀」,四本於末一「想」字作「相」。作「相」則與其上「以是相」一律,作「想」則五陰之後別出一「想」。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

三名並立,而只釋了一個

接著論主立三名:「通達生滅者,有起、有滅、有起滅通達」〔T32 455a02–03〕。

三個名字擺出來——起、滅、起滅通達。而其下所釋的只有第三個

「於是色已生現在,彼生相起變相滅。彼二句以慧眼見」〔T32 455a03–04〕;「受已生現在受想行識,彼生相起變相滅。彼二句以慧眼見通達起滅」〔T32 455a04–06〕。

色一段、四陰一段,各以「彼二句」收——那兩句就是「生相起」與「變相滅」。前二名「起」「滅」不別釋。照錄不代補。

(此處也有一條校記:宮本「彼二句」作「三」。所指者既是生相起與變相滅,其數為二;若從宮本作「三」則與所列不合。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

讀法:一組同式的話,先數它繫了幾次

隨後論文轉入三行:「復次以三行通達起相,以三行通達滅相,如是以因、以緣、以自味」〔T32 455a06–07〕。

起相三行,逐一而說。

以因:「問:云何以因通達起相?答:愛無明業是因為陰起,以慧眼見,以因通達起相」〔T32 455a07–09〕。

以緣:「云何以緣通達起相?食緣為色陰起,觸緣為三陰起,名色緣為識陰起」〔T32 455a09–11〕。

以自味:「問:云何以自味通達起相?答:如燈焰相續無間,初後新新起行」〔T32 455a11–13〕。

每一行說完,都繫一句「以慧眼見」。

滅相三行也一樣。以因滅:「於是以愛滅、以無明滅、以業滅,陰成滅,以慧眼見,以因滅通達滅相」〔T32 455a18–19〕。以緣滅:「以食滅,色陰成滅;以觸滅,三陰成滅;以名色滅,識陰成滅」〔T32 455a19–21〕,其下亦繫此句。以自味滅:「如燈焰相續無間,初有滅行以慧眼見,以自味通達滅相」〔T32 455a21–22〕。

把八處並起來數:色一、四陰一、起相三、滅相三——八處,一處不缺。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到一組同式的話,先數它一共繫了幾次、有沒有一次漏掉。繫得齊,說明論主把這一句當作這一組的骨;漏掉一處,那一處就值得單獨看。本段是齊的——八次一次不少,這一句就是通達的定義所在:所謂通達,不是想通,是「見」,而且是以慧眼見。

(那面燈焰在這裡點了兩次:起邊作「初後新新起行」,滅邊作「初有滅行」——同一個喻,一次顯起,一次顯滅。「如燈焰相續無間」全論二見,二見都在本段。而這個喻本身承自 12-02〔T32 454b10〕。)

停一停:三個問,為什麼中間那個不備?

現在該停下來看一件小事。

起相三行分作三處說,三處的形卻不一樣:第一處與第三處都以「問」發端、以「答」承之〔T32 455a07·455a11〕——問答二字都備。

而中間那一處:「云何以緣通達起相?食緣為色陰起」〔T32 455a09–10〕——既無「問」字,也無「答」字。

停下來問一句:同一組三處,何以中間一處不備?

本段答不了。可核的只有兩件事:其上下二處皆備;此處無校記——校本沒有把它當作異文處理。

本編照錄不代補。不替論主把「問」「答」二字加進去。

這一處的份量不在它本身,在它與滅相那一邊的對照。滅相三行既然合為一問,可見論主並不以為三行非分問不可;而起相這一邊分了,分得又不齊。一組之中有分有合、分而又有一處不備——三種形擺在同一段裡。讀者能做的,是把三種形都認出來、都記下來,而不是替論主挑一種當作標準去改另外兩種。

一分一合,而判法相同

還有一件形上的事值得並看。

起相三行是分開問的,滅相三行卻合為一問:「問:云何以三行通達滅相?答:以因滅、以緣滅、以自味滅」〔T32 455a17–18〕——一問之內,三行俱答。

同是三行,一分一合。

可是判法卻完全一樣。

起邊:「於是以因、以起見,以集諦相成見,以令起覺」〔T32 455a14–15〕;「以緣、以自味,以起見苦諦,以相成所見,以剎那不可得覺。如是以三行通達起相」〔T32 455a15–16〕。因歸集諦,緣與自味歸苦諦。

滅邊:「於是以因滅見滅諦,以相成所見,以無生相覺」〔T32 455a23–24〕;「以緣滅、以自味,以見滅。以苦諦相成初見,以剎那不可得覺」〔T32 455a24–25〕。因滅歸滅諦,緣滅與自味歸苦諦相。

兩邊都是一與二之分,而且分在同一處:因自己一邊,緣與自味一邊。

一與二之分為什麼落在這裡?可核的是二事:因這一行所出者為愛、無明、業,起邊歸集、滅邊歸滅;緣與自味二行所出者為食、觸、名色與剎那相續,兩邊都歸苦。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

(「無生相」這三個字全論只出現這一次〔T32 455a23〕;而「剎那不可得」全論三見,其中一見正是 12-01 那句「已觀一剎那不可得」〔T32 453c03–04〕——品十二開卷所說「已觀」的那一件,到這裡才給出它的通達之法。


帶走三件:一個所見——「以慧眼見」全論八見而八見皆在本段(455a04·455a05–06·455a09·455a11·455a13·455a19·455a21·455a22),每一次通達各繫一句,色一·四陰一·起相三·滅相三,一處不缺一個讀法——遇一組同式之話,先數它繫了幾次、有沒有漏;繫得齊者,那一句即是這一組之骨。一處停問——起相三行分作三處設問,而中間「云何以緣通達起相」一處無「問」字亦無「答」字〔T32 455a09〕,其上下二處皆備;此處無校記,照錄不代補。

還有三件小事該記著:善取之判只有一條——「堪更觀」〔T32 455a01〕,能再觀一次即是;三名並立而其下唯釋「起滅通達」一名〔T32 455a02–03〕;起相三行分而滅相三行合,一分一合而判法相同——兩邊皆作一與二之分,因自己一邊、緣與自味一邊〔T32 455a14–16·455a23–25〕。

The preceding unit leaves a hook—“In this way the meditator grasps the sign well.” The first sentence here releases it: “Question: What makes that sign well grasped? Answer: Through this practice and this sign, perception concerning form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness becomes contemplation” 〔T32 454c28–455a01〕.

The central observation is this: each time the passage completes an act of penetration, it attaches the exact phrase “sees with the eye of wisdom”—once for form, once for feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness together, once for each of the three ways of arising, and once for each of the three ways of cessation. Eight occurrences, none omitted. The phrase occurs only these eight times in the whole treatise, all here.

The Criterion for Good Grasping Is Only One

In answer to “What makes that sign well grasped?” the author gives a remarkably short criterion: “If one is again capable of contemplating that sign through this practice and this sign, the sign is said to have become well grasped” 〔T32 455a01–02〕.

If it can be contemplated once more, it is well grasped.

Good grasping is not defined by how clearly the sign appears or how long it is held. If the same practice and the same sign can be used to contemplate it again, it is well grasped. The treatise establishes no other criterion, and this edition supplies none.

One critical note occurs here. The base has “perception” after “form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness,” while four witnesses read “sign.” With “sign,” the word agrees with the preceding “through this sign”; with “perception,” an additional “perception” follows the five aggregates. Both are recorded without adjudication; the body follows the base.

Three Names Are Established, but Only One Is Explained

The author next establishes three names: “Penetration of arising and cessation includes arising, cessation, and penetration of arising and cessation” 〔T32 455a02–03〕.

Three names are set out—arising, cessation, and penetration of arising and cessation—but only the third is explained below:

“Here, form has arisen and is present. Its characteristic of birth is arising; its characteristic of change is cessation. The meditator sees with the eye of wisdom these two statements” 〔T32 455a03–04〕. “Feeling has arisen and is present, as have feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness. Their characteristic of birth is arising; their characteristic of change is cessation. The meditator sees with the eye of wisdom these two statements and penetrates arising and cessation” 〔T32 455a04–06〕.

Form receives one passage and the four mental aggregates another. Each closes with “these two statements”—the characteristic of birth is arising and the characteristic of change is cessation. The first two names, “arising” and “cessation,” are not separately explained. This is recorded without supplementation.

Another critical note occurs here. The Gong witness reads “three” for the base “these two statements.” The referents stated are the characteristic of birth as arising and the characteristic of change as cessation, which number two; reading “three” does not match the listed items. Both are recorded without adjudication; the body follows the base.

Reading Practice: First Count How Often a Shared Formula Is Attached

The treatise then turns to three ways: “Again, one penetrates the characteristic of arising in three ways and the characteristic of cessation in three ways: through cause, condition, and own flavor” 〔T32 455a06–07〕.

The three ways of arising are stated one by one.

Through cause: “Question: How does one penetrate the characteristic of arising through cause? Answer: Craving, ignorance, and action are causes through which the aggregates arise. The meditator sees with the eye of wisdom and penetrates the characteristic of arising through cause” 〔T32 455a07–09〕.

Through condition: “How does one penetrate the characteristic of arising through condition? Nutriment as condition causes the form aggregate to arise; contact as condition causes three aggregates to arise; name-and-form as condition causes the consciousness aggregate to arise” 〔T32 455a09–11〕.

Through own flavor: “Question: How does one penetrate the characteristic of arising through own flavor? Answer: Like the flame of a lamp continuing without interruption, formations arise ever new from beginning to end” 〔T32 455a11–13〕.

Each of the three closes with “sees with the eye of wisdom.”

The three ways of cessation follow the same form. Cessation of cause: “Through the cessation of craving, ignorance, and action, the aggregates cease. The meditator sees with the eye of wisdom and penetrates the characteristic of cessation through cessation of cause” 〔T32 455a18–19〕. Cessation of condition: “Through cessation of nutriment, the form aggregate ceases; through cessation of contact, three aggregates cease; through cessation of name-and-form, the consciousness aggregate ceases” 〔T32 455a19–21〕, followed by the same phrase. Cessation of own flavor: “Like the flame of a lamp continuing without interruption, there is a formation of cessation at the beginning. The meditator sees with the eye of wisdom and penetrates the characteristic of cessation through own flavor” 〔T32 455a21–22〕.

Count all eight together: one for form, one for the four mental aggregates, three for arising, and three for cessation—eight, none omitted.

The reading practice is this: when a set repeatedly attaches the same formula, first count how many times it occurs and whether any member lacks it. If the distribution is complete, the author has made the formula the structural bone of the set. If one occurrence is missing, that omission deserves separate examination. Here the distribution is complete: all eight are present, and the formula defines penetration. Penetration is not thinking something through; it is seeing—and seeing with the eye of wisdom.

The lamp flame is lit twice here. On the arising side it shows “formations arising ever new from beginning to end”; on the cessation side, “a formation of cessation at the beginning.” The same simile discloses arising once and cessation once. “Like the flame of a lamp continuing without interruption” occurs twice in the work, both times here. The simile itself continues the one in 12-02 〔T32 454b10〕.

Pause: Why Is the Middle of Three Questions Incomplete?

One small textual feature now calls for a pause.

The three ways of arising are explained in three places, but the forms differ. The first and third both begin with “Question” and continue with “Answer” 〔T32 455a07·455a11〕—both words are present.

The middle says only, “How does one penetrate the characteristic of arising through condition? Nutriment as condition causes the form aggregate to arise” 〔T32 455a09–10〕—neither “Question” nor “Answer” is present.

Why does the middle member of one threefold set lack both labels?

The passage cannot answer. Two points are checkable: the members above and below both contain the labels, and no critical note occurs here.

This edition records without supplying. It does not add “Question” or “Answer” on the author’s behalf.

The significance lies in comparison with the cessation side. The three ways of cessation are gathered into one question, showing that the author does not require each way to have its own question. The arising side divides them but does so unevenly. Within one unit, the three ways are both separated and gathered, and the separated form has one incomplete member. The reader’s task is to recognize and retain all three forms, not choose one as a standard and use it to revise the other two.

Separated on One Side, Gathered on the Other, Yet Classified Alike

One further formal feature deserves comparison.

The three ways of arising receive separate questions, while the three ways of cessation are gathered into one: “Question: How does one penetrate the characteristic of cessation in three ways? Answer: Through cessation of cause, cessation of condition, and cessation of own flavor” 〔T32 455a17–18〕. All three are answered within one question.

The same three ways are separated on one side and gathered on the other.

Yet their classification is identical.

On the arising side: “Through cause and the vision of arising, one completes the characteristic of the truth of arising and awakens by causing it to arise” 〔T32 455a14–15〕; “through condition and own flavor, one sees the truth of suffering through arising, completes the characteristic of what is seen, and awakens to the impossibility of obtaining even an instant. Thus one penetrates the characteristic of arising in three ways” 〔T32 455a15–16〕. Cause belongs to the truth of arising; condition and own flavor belong to the truth of suffering.

On the cessation side: “Through cessation of cause, one sees the truth of cessation, completes the characteristic of what is seen, and awakens to the characteristic of non-arising” 〔T32 455a23–24〕; “through cessation of condition and own flavor, one sees cessation. Through the characteristic of the truth of suffering, one completes the initial vision and awakens to the impossibility of obtaining even an instant” 〔T32 455a24–25〕. Cessation of cause belongs to the truth of cessation; cessation of condition and own flavor belong to the characteristic of the truth of suffering.

Both sides divide one against two in the same place: cause stands alone; condition and own flavor stand together.

Why does the division fall here? Two facts can be checked. The way of cause names craving, ignorance, and action; it is assigned to arising on the arising side and cessation on the cessation side. The ways of condition and own flavor name nutriment, contact, name-and-form, and momentary continuity; both are assigned to suffering. This edition records the contrast without supplying the author’s reason.

The phrase “characteristic of non-arising” occurs only here in the whole work 〔T32 455a23〕. “Impossibility of obtaining even an instant” occurs three times; one is the statement in 12-01 that it has already been contemplated 〔T32 453c03–04〕. What the chapter opening said had already been contemplated is given its mode of penetration here.


Take away three things. One observation: the phrase “sees with the eye of wisdom” occurs eight times in the entire treatise, all eight here (455a04·455a05–06·455a09·455a11·455a13·455a19·455a21·455a22). Each act of penetration carries it: one for form, one for the four mental aggregates, three for arising, and three for cessation, none omitted. One reading practice: when a set repeats one formula, count its occurrences and look for omissions. A complete distribution identifies the formula as the set’s structural bone. One pause: the three ways of arising are presented separately, but the middle “How does one penetrate the characteristic of arising through condition?” lacks both “Question” and “Answer” 〔T32 455a09〕, while the members above and below contain both. No critical note occurs there; the wording is recorded without supplementation.

Three smaller points also matter. Good grasping has only one criterion—being “capable of contemplating again” 〔T32 455a01〕. Three names are established, but only “penetration of arising and cessation” is explained 〔T32 455a02–03〕. Finally, the three ways of arising are separated and the three ways of cessation gathered, yet both use the same one-against-two classification: cause stands alone, condition and own flavor together 〔T32 455a14–16·455a23–25〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Well-Grasped Signs and Penetration of Arising and Cessation · Exposition · Summer 2026

起滅智的通達與成滿Penetration and Fulfillment of Knowledge of Arising and Cessation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

本段設二問,二問各給一個譬喻。

先把所見說在前頭:兩個譬喻的方向恰恰相反。飛鳥出火圍——非到外邊不能見全;舌舐海水——於一處即知其全。同一段之內,一個說「不走到邊就不算」,一個說「一處就夠」。而它們並不打架,因為它們所答的不是同一個問。

第一問:已經見了苦諦,何必更起上智?

問來得很直:「問:若以起滅見苦諦,以相得見,何故上智當起」〔T32 455a25–26〕。

論主的答法先反問一句:「何用起見滅?以苦諦相得見未見,彼苦成滿」〔T32 455a26–27〕。

不直答,先反問。然後才說:要一直到「乃至諸行過盡如實已見,從行相已令起心、於非行心成度」〔T32 455a27–28〕,那個苦才成滿。

判在哪裡?在兩個字:「是處見苦成滿,謂往邊故」〔T32 455b01〕——往邊。這兩個字全論只出現這一次。

然後給譬喻:「猶如飛鳥為火所圍未免怖畏,若未至虛空,見火圍過患,成飛虛空」〔T32 455b01–03〕。

這個譬喻要看清楚它的重心。重心不在「離火」,在「到了外邊才見得全」。鳥被火圍著的時候,怖畏還沒有免;等牠飛出去、到了虛空,回頭看那一圈火,這時候才見到火圍的過患。

見苦成滿也是這樣:不是在苦裡見苦叫成滿,是走到諸行的邊、從行相起心而於非行成度,回頭見,才叫成滿。

(此處有一條校記:底本作「若未至虛空」,四本作「飛」。作「未」則此句說的是還沒到的時候,作「飛」則說的是飛到的時候——二讀的時分正相反。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

四法之名:立目作「正」,其下五處作「止」

答文隨後接回 12-04 的三行,把起滅二邊各繫一組四字句:起邊作「於是以因、以緣、以起見,成通達因緣起相。此有此起,此起故此成起」〔T32 455b04–05〕,滅邊作「因滅故及緣滅故,以見滅因緣,生相成通達。此無有此不成,此滅故此滅」〔T32 455b05–07〕。

然後立四法:「知因緣法有為法起,彼起得知,彼滅亦知,彼住亦知」〔T32 455b08–09〕,「如是以起滅見四法成所知,如是一相法、種種法、無事法、正法」〔T32 455b09–10〕。

四法之名——一相法、種種法、無事法、正法。

而這個「正法」,往下就再也沒有出現過。底下五處全作「止法」:「如是以止法生令生,於是以無命義及不動義,無事法可知」〔T32 455b27–28〕、「以自性義及緣義,如是止法可知」〔T32 455b28–29〕、「令現空無事、令現業所作,如是止法令現無事名法,如是令現止法名行」〔T32 455b29–455c02〕、「以無事法覺,如是以止法覺無我相成通達」〔T32 455c03–04〕。

「止法」全論六見,本段就佔五見;「正法」全論四見,本段只有立目這一見。

停下來問一句:同一個法,何以立目作「正」而其下五處作「止」?

本段答不了。可核的有三件事:立目一見作「正」;其下五處作「止」;末一處有校記,四本作「正」若從四本,那就變成末一處與立目一律,而中間四處仍作「止」——不齊的位置只是換了個地方,並沒有消掉。

本編照錄不代齊。並錄不判,本文從底本。

四見破四執,而凡夫四說對不上

四法既立,論主用它們破執:「於是一相續所著諸行以起,彼見不成種種執」〔T32 455b10–11〕、「以彼滅見不成一執,自性離、無動諸行」〔T32 455b12〕、「以初後見不成我執,因緣所轉初後諸行,如是以法見不成無事執」〔T32 455b12–14〕。

四見四執,一一相對:起見破種種執,滅見破一執,初後見破我執,法見破無事執。

隨即說凡夫:「無聞凡夫以一不覺常斷說、以種種不覺成常說、以無事不覺成我說」〔T32 455b14–15〕,「如是以法不覺成無事說」〔T32 455b16〕。

這兩列擺在一起,是對不上的。破執那一列的執名是種種、一、我、無事;凡夫這一列所不覺的是一、種種、無事、法,所成之說是常斷、常、我、無事。名不同,序也不同。

照錄不代對。不替論主把兩列拉齊。

三對之後,四個「除」

隨後是一性與種種性:「以種種相攝成一相,以分別義成種種」〔T32 455b17–18〕、「以煩惱義成一性,以方便義成種種性」〔T32 455b18–19〕、「以愛果成一性,以業果成種種性」〔T32 455b19〕。

三對一出,一對不缺。(首對作「一相/種種」而後二對作「一性/種種性」,後綴不齊,照錄。)

然後是四個「除」。「若現見一性,餘作餘覺除此見」〔T32 455b21–22〕——這是前二除;「若現見一性,除此斷見;若現見種種性,除此常見」〔T32 455b23–24〕——這是後二除。「除此」全論七見,本段就佔四見。

見一性除斷見,見種種性除常見。一性與種種性各除一邊,而它們自己也互為對治:「彼坐禪人如是見一性,非於此執種種見」〔T32 455b19–20〕。

這一節的層次值得數一數:先出三對(一相與種種、一性與種種性、一性與種種性),是;次出互不相執二句,是;末出四個「除」,是。立、防、破三層,一層不缺,而所用的只是「一性」「種種性」這一對名相。同一對名相在一節之內轉了三道用場——先用來分,再用來互相攔住,最後用來各除一邊之見。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

無事法與止法:二法各繫二義,而末了合成一相

論文轉入無事法與止法:「現起諸行,見彼無事」〔T32 455b25〕,「一切諸行無事不動,無餘所起住,住自性,因緣和合集為因緣」〔T32 455b26–27〕。

二法各繫二義:無事法繫無命義與不動義,止法繫自性義與緣義。

而三相之通達,卻只有三個:「於是以一性法覺苦相成通達,以種種性覺無常相成通達」〔T32 455c02–03〕、「以無事法覺,如是以止法覺無我相成通達」〔T32 455c03–04〕。

四法而三相——一性法覺苦相,種種性覺無常相,而無事法與止法二者同覺無我相。四法之末二者在這裡合成一相。照錄不代分。

讀法:兩個譬喻打架時,先看它們各答哪一問

第二問轉了個方向:「問:彼坐禪人一切諸行,以無餘處觀起滅,為一處當觀耶」〔T32 455c04–05〕。

答:「於初諸行處取其相,通達起滅無餘處,一切諸行令滿」〔T32 455c05–07〕,「如人於大海一處以舌舐水,即知一切水醎」〔T32 455c07–08〕。

一處就夠。

把兩個譬喻並排:飛鳥要飛出去才見得全,舌頭只在一處舐一下就知道全海。一個要走到邊,一個一處就夠——看起來正相反。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到一段之內出現兩個方向相反的譬喻,先不要調和它們,先看它們各自答的是哪一問。

照這個去分:第一問問的是「深度」——見到什麼程度才算成滿?答:非到邊不成滿,所以要飛出火圍。第二問問的是「廣度」——一切諸行是不是都要觀一遍?答:一處取相即令滿,所以舐一口海水就夠。

深度上不許打折,廣度上不必窮舉。兩個譬喻各管一頭,所以不打架。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

二行令滿,起滅智即是諸行分別智

末後說二行:「以二行諸行令滿,以事、以不愚癡」〔T32 455c08–09〕,「於是斷無智故,餘諸行以不愚癡成滿」〔T32 455c10–11〕——所取相的那些行以其事成滿,其餘的行以不愚癡成滿。一處取相之所以能令一切滿,理就在這一分。

收句把起滅智與諸行分別智繫成一個:「於是起滅智,是諸行分別智」〔T32 455c11〕,「一切諸行以起初邊成分別,以滅後邊成分別」〔T32 455c11–12〕,「以起初邊成寂寂,以滅有邊成寂寂;以起從起無初,以滅從滅無後」〔T32 455c13–14〕,「是故起滅智,成諸行分別智(起滅智已竟)」〔T32 455c14–15〕。

三對之中第二對的字不齊:首對作「初邊/後邊」,次對作「初邊/有邊」,末對作「無初/無後」。此處無校記。照錄不代齊。

「起滅智」與「諸行分別智」二名全論各三見、二見,都在本段。而「分別智」這個名字,另一見正是 12-02 的收語〔T32 454b28–29〕——分別智收於彼,起滅智收於此,二收之間就是取相與通達的全程。


帶走三件:一個所見——本段二問各繫一喻而二喻之向相反:飛鳥出火圍〔T32 455b01–03〕言非至外邊不能見全,舌舐海水〔T32 455c07–08〕言於一處即知其全;二者不打架,因所答之問一為深度、一為廣度一個讀法——遇一段之內二喻相反,先不調和,先看各答哪一問一處停問——四法之末,立目作「正法」〔T32 455b10〕而其下五處作「止法」;末一處校記四本又作「正」〔T32 455c04〕——若從四本則不齊之位只是換了地方而未消。此處照錄不代齊,並錄不判,本文從底本。

還有三件小事該記著:答文以反問「何用起見滅」起手〔T32 455a26〕;四見四執一一相對而凡夫四說之名與序皆不與之相對〔T32 455b10–16〕,照錄不代對;四法而三相——無事法與止法二者同覺無我相〔T32 455c03–04〕,照錄不代分。

The passage asks two questions, each answered with a simile.

The central observation is this: the directions of the two similes are exactly opposite. The bird leaving the ring of fire must reach the outside before seeing the whole; the tongue tasting seawater knows the whole from one place. Within one passage, one says, “It does not count until you reach the boundary,” and the other, “One place is enough.” They do not conflict, because they answer different questions.

First Question: If Suffering Has Already Been Seen, Why Must Higher Knowledge Arise?

The question is direct: “Question: If one has seen the truth of suffering through arising and cessation and has obtained vision through the characteristic, why must higher knowledge arise?” 〔T32 455a25–26〕.

The answer begins by asking back: “What use is there in causing a vision of cessation to arise? What was to be seen through the characteristic of the truth of suffering has not yet been seen completely; only then is suffering fulfilled” 〔T32 455a26–27〕.

It does not answer directly, but first poses a counterquestion. Then it says that one must continue “until the dangers of formations have been exhausted and seen in accordance with reality, the mind has arisen from the characteristic of formations, and crossed over in the non-formation” 〔T32 455a27–28〕. Only then is suffering fulfilled.

Where is the criterion? In two Chinese graphs: “Here the seeing of suffering is fulfilled, because one has 往邊—gone to the boundary” 〔T32 455b01〕. Gone to the boundary. The phrase occurs only once in the whole treatise.

The simile follows: “It is like a bird surrounded by fire that has not escaped fear. If it has not yet reached the open sky, it sees the danger of the encircling fire and flies into the open sky” 〔T32 455b01–03〕.

Its center of gravity must be seen clearly. The point is not merely leaving the fire, but seeing the whole only after reaching the outside. While the bird remains encircled, fear has not been escaped. It flies out into open sky and looks back upon the ring of fire; only then does it see the danger of the whole enclosure.

Fulfillment of seeing suffering works the same way. Seeing suffering while still within it is not fulfillment. One reaches the boundary of formations, the mind arises from the characteristic of formations, crosses over in the non-formation, and looks back. Only then is it fulfilled.

One critical note occurs here. The base says, “if it has not yet reached the open sky”; four witnesses read “if it flies to the open sky.” The base speaks of the time before arrival, the witnesses of the act of flying there—the temporal directions of the two readings are opposite. Both are recorded without adjudication; the body follows the base.

The Four Dhammas: The Heading Has , the Five Explanations Have

The answer then returns to the three ways of 12-04 and gives one four-part formula for arising and another for cessation. The arising side says, “Through cause, condition, and vision of arising, one penetrates the characteristic of arising through causes and conditions. When this exists, this arises; because this arises, this comes to arise” 〔T32 455b04–05〕. The cessation side says, “Because the cause ceases and the condition ceases, seeing the cause and condition of cessation penetrates the characteristic of birth. When this does not exist, this does not come to be; because this ceases, this ceases” 〔T32 455b05–07〕.

Four dhammas are then established: “One knows the arising of conditioned dhammas and conditioned phenomena: their arising is known, their cessation is also known, and their presence is also known” 〔T32 455b08–09〕; “Thus four dhammas become known through seeing arising and cessation: the dhamma of one characteristic, the dhamma of various characteristics, the dhamma of no entity, and 正法” 〔T32 455b09–10〕.

The four names are the dhamma of one characteristic, the dhamma of various characteristics, the dhamma of no entity, and 正法, the ‘right dhamma.’

Yet 正法 never appears again below. Five explanatory occurrences all read 止法, the “stopping dhamma”: “Thus, through the arising of 止法, arising is produced; through the meanings of having no life and being unmoving, the dhamma of no entity can be known” 〔T32 455b27–28〕; “through the meanings of own-nature and condition, 止法 can be known” 〔T32 455b28–29〕; “止法 reveals no entity and is called dhamma; what reveals 止法 is called formation” 〔T32 455b29–455c02〕; and “through awakening with the dhamma of no entity and through awakening with 止法, one penetrates the characteristic of not-self” 〔T32 455c03–04〕.

止法 occurs six times in the whole treatise, five here; 正法 occurs four times in the whole work, once here in the heading.

Why does the heading use while the five explanations use ?

The passage cannot answer. Three things are checkable: the heading uses once; the explanation uses five times; and the last occurrence has a critical note in which four witnesses read . If those witnesses are followed, the final occurrence agrees with the heading while the middle four still read . The location of the irregularity changes; it does not disappear.

This edition retains both forms without standardization. The readings are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base.

Four Visions Undo Four Graspings, but the Four Assertions of Ordinary People Do Not Align

Once the four dhammas have been established, the author uses them against grasping: “Formations attached to one continuity arise; that vision does not establish grasping at variety” 〔T32 455b10–11〕. “Through seeing their cessation, grasping at oneness is not established” 〔T32 455b12〕. “Through seeing beginning and end, grasping at self is not established; formations at beginning and end turn through conditions. Thus through seeing dhammas, grasping at no entity is not established” 〔T32 455b12–14〕.

Four visions answer four graspings one for one: vision of arising undoes grasping at variety, vision of cessation undoes grasping at oneness, vision of beginning and end undoes grasping at self, and vision of dhammas undoes grasping at no entity.

The passage immediately turns to ordinary people: “An uninstructed ordinary person, through not awakening to the one, makes assertions of permanence and annihilation; through not awakening to the various, makes an assertion of permanence; through not awakening to no entity, makes an assertion of self” 〔T32 455b14–15〕; “through not awakening to dhamma, such a person makes an assertion of no entity” 〔T32 455b16〕.

Set the two lists side by side and they do not align. The graspings in the first are variety, oneness, self, and no entity. What is not awakened to in the second is one, various, no entity, and dhamma; the resulting assertions are permanence-and-annihilation, permanence, self, and no entity. The names differ and so does the order.

The wording is retained without making the two lists correspond. This edition does not pull them into alignment on the author’s behalf.

Three Pairs, Then Four “Removals”

Oneness and diversity follow: “Various characteristics are gathered as one characteristic; through the meaning of distinction, they become various” 〔T32 455b17–18〕; “through the meaning of defilement, they become one in nature; through the meaning of method, diverse in nature” 〔T32 455b18–19〕; “through the fruit of craving, they become one in nature; through the fruit of action, diverse in nature” 〔T32 455b19〕.

Three pairs are given, none omitted. The first uses “one characteristic / various,” while the latter two use “oneness / diversity”; the suffixes differ and are retained.

Four “removals” follow. “When one directly sees oneness, one removes the view that one person acts and another experiences” 〔T32 455b21–22〕—the first two removals are in this paired movement. “When one directly sees oneness, one removes the annihilationist view; when one directly sees diversity, one removes the eternalist view” 〔T32 455b23–24〕—the final two. The phrase “removes this” occurs seven times in the work and four times here.

Seeing oneness removes the annihilationist view; seeing diversity removes the eternalist view. Oneness and diversity each remove one extreme while also checking one another: “When the meditator sees oneness in this way, the meditator does not grasp a view of diversity there” 〔T32 455b19–20〕.

This section has three countable levels. First are three pairs—one characteristic and various, oneness and diversity, oneness and diversity—establishing. Next come two sentences preventing mutual grasping—guarding. Finally come four removals—breaking. Establishing, guarding, and breaking are all present, using only the pair “oneness / diversity.” The same pair performs three tasks in one section: first distinguishing, then preventing each side from hardening against the other, and finally removing one extreme each. This edition records the pattern without supplying the author’s reason.

The Dhamma of No Entity and 止法: Two Meanings Each, Then One Shared Characteristic

The passage turns to the dhamma of no entity and 止法: “Formations arise in the present, and one sees that they have no entity” 〔T32 455b25〕; “all formations have no entity and do not move; nothing else arises and remains; they remain in their own nature, and the gathering together of conditions serves as condition” 〔T32 455b26–27〕.

Each of the two dhammas is linked to two meanings: the dhamma of no entity to having no life and being unmoving; 止法 to own-nature and condition.

Yet there are only three penetrated characteristics: “Through the dhamma of oneness one awakens to and penetrates the characteristic of suffering; through diversity one awakens to and penetrates the characteristic of impermanence” 〔T32 455c02–03〕; “through awakening with the dhamma of no entity and through awakening with 止法, one penetrates the characteristic of not-self” 〔T32 455c03–04〕.

Four dhammas but three characteristics: the dhamma of oneness awakens to suffering, diversity to impermanence, while the dhamma of no entity and 止法 both awaken to not-self. The final two dhammas join in one characteristic. This is recorded without dividing them.

Reading Practice: When Two Similes Conflict, Ask Which Question Each Answers

The second question turns in another direction: “Question: Must the meditator contemplate arising and cessation in every place among all formations, without exception, or should one contemplate in one place?” 〔T32 455c04–05〕.

The answer is: “At an initial place among formations, one grasps their sign and penetrates arising and cessation without remainder; all formations are thereby fulfilled” 〔T32 455c05–07〕; “It is like a person licking water at one place in the great ocean and immediately knowing that all its water is salty” 〔T32 455c07–08〕.

One place is enough.

Set the two similes side by side. The bird must fly out before seeing the whole; the tongue needs only one taste to know the whole ocean. One requires reaching the boundary, the other says one place is sufficient. They appear to point in opposite directions.

The reading practice is this: when two similes in one passage point oppositely, do not reconcile them first. Ask first which question each answers.

The first question concerns depth: to what point must seeing proceed before it is fulfilled? The answer says fulfillment requires the boundary, so the bird must leave the ring of fire. The second concerns breadth: must every formation be contemplated one by one? The answer says grasping a sign in one place fulfills them all, so one taste of seawater is enough.

Depth admits no discount; breadth does not require exhaustive enumeration. Each simile governs one dimension, so the two do not conflict. This edition records the contrast without supplying the author’s reason.

Fulfilled in Two Ways: Knowledge of Arising and Cessation Is Analytical Knowledge of Formations

The close gives two ways: “Formations are fulfilled in two ways: through an occasion and through non-delusion” 〔T32 455c08–09〕; “because lack of knowledge has been abandoned, the remaining formations are fulfilled through non-delusion” 〔T32 455c10–11〕. The formations whose sign has been grasped are fulfilled through their occasion; the remaining formations through non-delusion. This division explains how a sign grasped in one place can fulfill them all.

The closing joins knowledge of arising and cessation to analytical knowledge of formations: “Here, knowledge of arising and cessation is analytical knowledge of formations” 〔T32 455c11〕; “all formations are distinguished through the initial boundary of arising and the final boundary of cessation” 〔T32 455c11–12〕; “they are stilled through the initial boundary of arising and the existing boundary of cessation; through arising from arising there is no beginning, and through cessation from cessation there is no end” 〔T32 455c13–14〕; “therefore knowledge of arising and cessation becomes analytical knowledge of formations. (Knowledge of arising and cessation has ended)” 〔T32 455c14–15〕.

The second of the three pairs differs in writing: the first is 初邊/後邊 (“initial boundary / final boundary”), the second 初邊/有邊 (“initial boundary / existing boundary”), and the third 無初/無後 (“no beginning / no end”). The second graph is , “existing,” not , “final.” No critical note occurs here. The forms are retained without standardization.

“Knowledge of arising and cessation” and “analytical knowledge of formations” occur three and two times respectively, all here. The other occurrence of the shorter name “analytical knowledge” is the closing of 12-02 〔T32 454b28–29〕. Analytical knowledge closes there; knowledge of arising and cessation closes here. Between the two lies the full movement of grasping signs and penetrating them.


Take away three things. One observation: the passage’s two questions each receive a simile pointing in the opposite direction. The bird leaves the ring of fire 〔T32 455b01–03〕 because the whole cannot be seen before reaching the outside; the tongue tastes seawater 〔T32 455c07–08〕 and knows the whole from one place. They do not conflict because one answers a question of depth and the other of breadth. One reading practice: when two similes conflict, do not reconcile them first; identify the question each answers. One pause: the fourth dhamma is named 正法 in the heading 〔T32 455b10〕 but appears below five times as 止法; at the final occurrence, four witnesses again read 〔T32 455c04〕. Following those witnesses moves the irregularity but does not remove it. Both forms are retained without standardization; the body follows the base.

Three smaller points also matter. The first answer begins with the counterquestion “What use is there in causing a vision of cessation to arise?” 〔T32 455a26〕. Four visions answer four graspings one for one, but the names and order of the ordinary person’s four assertions do not correspond 〔T32 455b10–16〕. Finally, four dhammas yield three characteristics: the dhamma of no entity and 止法 both awaken to not-self 〔T32 455c03–04〕, and the wording is retained without division.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Penetration and Fulfillment of Knowledge of Arising and Cessation · Exposition · Summer 2026

觀滅三行與除亂慢Three Ways of Contemplating Cessation and Removing Distraction and Overestimation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

起滅智收了,觀行再轉一次:「彼坐禪人如是正見生滅相,善分別諸行,樂得滅樂定」〔T32 455c16–17〕——自此不作意觀生,唯見心滅

先把所見說在前頭:本段所引的偈凡三十九行,而它的行式中途換過一次——前二十六行五言,後十三行七言。換體的那一處,正是換題的那一處:五言段講六根之不自生與展轉最羸,七言段講剎那與三世。體一換,題也換。

三行見滅:三問同式,一問不缺

先看散文這一段的骨。

論主立三行:「復次以三行見滅如是,以聚、以雙、以分別」〔T32 455c20–21〕,然後三問逐一而下。

「問:云何以聚?答:於威儀、威儀所起心心數法,於其處以聚見彼滅」〔T32 455c21–22〕。

「問:云何以雙?答:此色無常已觀無常,隨無常起心見心生滅」〔T32 455c25–26〕。

「問:云何以分別?答:已觀此色無常」〔T32 455c28–29〕。

三問一律,一問不缺。這一點與 12-04 恰成對照:那裡起相三行也分作三處,卻有一處無「問」「答」二字。本段三處都備。同一部書之內,同樣是三行分問,一處齊、一處不齊。照錄,二處各記其實。

三行所行的是什麼,各答都給得很實在,值得逐一看。

——先就威儀所起的心心數法,「於其處以聚見彼滅」〔T32 455c22〕;再就三相:「復次已觀色無常、受無常、想無常、行無常、識無常」〔T32 455c22–23〕,以無常事所起的心心數法成聚而見其滅,末以「如是以苦事、無我事,如是以聚當見」〔T32 455c24–25〕收。聚是把同一處所起的一群心合起來看它滅。

——「此色無常已觀無常,隨無常起心見心生滅」〔T32 455c25–26〕,末作「如是已苦事、已無我事,如是以雙當觀」〔T32 455c28〕。雙是所觀之法與能觀之心成一對,看那能觀的心自己也生滅。

分別——起手與雙全同,而多出一句:「以是見心滅復見滅,如是以分別見多心滅」〔T32 456a02–03〕,末作「如是觀苦觀無我,如是已分別,唯現觀彼滅」〔T32 456a03–04〕。分別是見了心滅之後再見那個「見」也滅,於是所見的不是一個滅而是多個滅。

三行的收句一律作「如是以某當見/當觀」,而其所觀之數一步一步加上去:聚是一群,雙是一對,分別是多重。三行既畢,論主一句「唯現觀彼滅」〔T32 456a04〕把觀行收到單一的滅上——由多而一,這一收正是引偈之前的最後一步。

三行既畢,論文轉出引偈之由:「其彼苦滅事成專,常覓諸行剎那成得利」〔T32 456a05〕,「以自性如到芥子頭,於一心剎那生老死變」〔T32 456a06–07〕,然後一句「如偈所說」〔T32 456a08〕。

論主只說「如偈所說」,不出書名、不稱佛說、不稱尊者。偈末也沒有收語——收在偈後散文的第一句。照錄不代判其所出。

讀法:遇長偈,先數它的行式有沒有中途改變

現在看偈。

開頭是名色一雙:「此雙名色性,展轉於一滅」〔T32 456a09〕,「陰無常滅法,苦生法滅法」〔T32 456a11〕。

隨後是鼓聲一組:「如桴打鼓聲,亦不從眼生」〔T32 456a12〕、「色香等五法,亦不從色生」〔T32 456a13〕、「亦不離二句,依緣生有為」〔T32 456a14〕。

耳再來一次:「如桴打鼓聲,亦不從耳生」〔T32 456a15〕。

而鼻、舌、身三根,就不再重出「如桴打鼓聲」了。「如桴打鼓聲」全論三見,三見都在本偈——眼一次、耳一次,第三次已經轉去領最羸那一節〔T32 456a25〕。

再往下是最羸一疊:「如桴打鼓聲,彼根最羸出」〔T32 456a25〕,一連六個「最羸」,末了以「展轉此常羸,展轉法不住」〔T32 456a29〕收。(此處四本作「最」不作「常」——若從四本,這一句就與上面五處一律了。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

這一疊值得逐句數一數,因為它是本偈最密的一處:「初因亦最羸,彼因亦最羸」〔T32 456a26〕、「所起彼亦羸,共地此最羸」〔T32 456a27〕、「相應亦最羸,和合亦最羸」〔T32 456a28〕。根出時羸、初因羸、彼因羸、所起羸、共地羸、相應羸、和合羸、展轉羸——一句一個位置,位置換而字不換。「最羸」全論六見,六見都在這幾行裡。

羸的不是某一個環節,是每一個環節。論主不另加按語,只把同一個字按在八個位置上;而八個位置合起來,正是一個緣起的全程——從根之出,到因,到所起,到共地、相應、和合,到展轉。一字八按,這就是它的說法。

隨後三句把這一疊推到底:「亦無性展轉,無有能令起」〔T32 456b01〕——連能令它起的都沒有;「是誰初令起」〔T32 456b03〕——一問而不答,答在下三句:不以自身生、不以自力住、由隨他法生。

五言段的最後一喻是乾闥婆城:「令起彼亦無。如乾闥婆城」〔T32 456b02〕,「不以自身生,不以自力住,由隨他法生,生諸有漏法」〔T32 456b03–05〕。「乾闥婆城」全論只出現這一次。

然後,行式換了。

「自體羸劣不自生,亦不自因不自事」〔T32 456b06〕——七言。

從這一行起,一直到偈末,全是七言:「為生自身羸無時,無所從來無所行」〔T32 456b08〕、「一心苦樂相應速,剎那山海八萬劫」〔T32 456b10〕、「一住不再無二心,相應過去及當滅」〔T32 456b11〕、「現住一切彼諸陰,此等已去無間失」〔T32 456b12〕、「以不生故現在生,從於心失世間無」〔T32 456b14〕、「第一義中無去來,未來無聚唯轉生」〔T32 456b15〕、「住如芥子生諸法,彼法滅已是其初」〔T32 456b16〕、「世間以法初不雜,不見去來不見生」〔T32 456b17〕,末以二喻結:「諸法不生如虛空,猶如電起須臾滅」〔T32 456b18〕。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到長偈,先不要一句一句讀,先數它的行式——幾言一行,有沒有中途改變。

照這個去數本偈:三十九行,前二十六行五言,後十三行七言。而換體的那一行,正好也是換題的那一行——五言段從頭到尾說的是根與塵怎樣不自生、展轉怎樣羸,七言段從頭到尾說的是一心剎那與三世怎樣不可得

體是形,題是義;形一換,義也換。這個接縫不必靠文意去猜,數一數行字就看得出來。

七言段這一路怎麼走,也值得順一遍。它先接著五言段的「羸」講下去——「自體羸劣不自生」〔T32 456b06〕、「為生自身羸無時」〔T32 456b08〕,把羸從緣起的環節移到自體上;隨即把尺度換成時間:「一心苦樂相應速,剎那山海八萬劫」〔T32 456b10〕——一心之速與八萬劫並在一句裡,大小兩端一句寫盡。接著是三世:現住的諸陰已去而失,未來當失,已沒者不再起〔T32 456b12〕;末了以「第一義中無去來,未來無聚唯轉生」〔T32 456b15〕作一句總判,再以芥子與虛空、電光二喻收〔T32 456b16·456b18〕。

五言段拆的是「從哪裡生」,七言段拆的是「在哪一刻住」。一個問處所,一個問時分;而所得的答是同一個——都不可得。二段各說一邊,合起來才是一個滅。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

(順帶記兩件字面:五言段中「亦不離二句」出現五次,眼、耳、鼻、舌、身各一次;而其下說法入的那一節不繫這一句,改作「不從處色生,不從法入出,依因緣依生」〔T32 456a23–24〕。又:「第一義中」「猶如電」二語各全論只出現這一次〔456b15〕〔456b18〕。)

停一停:五根都繫了那一句,法入為什麼不繫?

該停下來看的就是剛才那一件。

「亦不離二句」全論五見,五見都在本偈,眼、耳、鼻、舌、身各一。而第六處——法入那一節——不繫這一句。

停下來問:五根都繫,法入為什麼不繫?

本段答不了。可核的有三件事:五根各一,數得清清楚楚;法入一節改作「依因緣依生」;此處雖有二條異讀(「不從處色」四本作「亦不從」、「入出」四本作「出入」),而無一條使這一節補上「亦不離二句」——若從四本,這一節的字面只是與五根諸句更近一律,那一句仍舊沒有。

本編照錄不代補。

三處「羸」字:本文不從大正

偈中有三處字,本編的正文與大正藏不同。

「展轉此常羸」〔T32 456a29〕、「自體羸劣不自生」〔T32 456b06〕、「為生自身羸無時」〔T32 456b08〕——這三個「羸」字,大正藏本作「臝」,校本已經把正文改成「羸」。

校本已改正文者,本文從訂正之讀。這與上面那些「誌而不改」的條目不同:那些是校本記其異而未採,所以本文從大正;這三處是校本自己已經改了,所以本文從校本。三處同字同改,都落在最羸一節與七言段之首。

考據目三分甲乙二表,正是為了讓這一分看得見。

偈後:亂與增上慢,二問之題不齊

偈畢,散文接上:「彼坐禪人如是見滅無盡入定,如鑽火烟起」〔T32 456b19〕——「如鑽火烟起」全論只出現這一次。

隨後是所起之法:「菩提品剎那剎那起、光明智起、喜猗樂取解脫念處起,捨出離於是不明了」〔T32 456b20–21〕。論文列名而不出總數,也不逐目別釋。本編照錄不代數、不代補。

然後:「坐禪人於彼法或起亂、或起增上慢」〔T32 456b21–22〕。

二問隨之而下,而二問的題不齊

「問:云何為除亂?答:彼坐禪人於法起喜,彼喜復令更安」〔T32 456b22–23〕(問其除)。

「問:云何起增上慢?答:彼坐禪人於法初起光相,得出世間法」〔T32 456b26–27〕(問其起)。

一問其除,一問其起。前一問直接問怎麼除,後一問先問它怎麼起——除法要到答文末尾才出來:「如是智除亂、除增上慢,唯見滅是善,修行多修(觀滅智已竟)」〔T32 456c01–02〕,一句把兩樣一起除了。照錄不代齊。

增上慢之起,答得很具體:「於未得成得相,常不更作精進,如是增上慢起」〔T32 456b27–28〕——在還沒有得的上頭成了得相,然後就不再精進。而明了的坐禪人「知此煩惱是定亂」〔T32 456b28–29〕。

這一句該記住:論主把增上慢判作「定亂」,而不判作見或慢的別種。上一問所除的亂,與這一問所起的慢,在他看來是同一件事的兩面——所以末了才能一句同除。而所以起的機關也只有一個:得相在前,不精進在後。先以為得了,然後就停了。這一節不另出對治,只把「知」擺在前頭:知煩惱是定亂、知世間法行事、知出世間法泥洹事;知了,智就除它。

一卷到此為止

「(觀滅智已竟)」〔T32 456c02〕——「觀滅智」這三個字全論只出現這一次。

這一句之後就是卷題:卷第十一收於 456c02–03,卷第十二開於 456c06,其品題作「分別諦品第十二之二」〔T32 456c10〕,首段起於 456c11。

品十二走完了它的第一卷。


帶走三件:一個所見——本偈三十九行而其體中途一換:前二十六行五言〔T32 456a09–456b05〕、後十三行七言〔T32 456b06–456b18〕,換體之處即換題之處(五言段說六根不自生與展轉最羸,七言段說剎那與三世)。一個讀法——遇長偈,先數它的行式有沒有中途改變;改變之處往往就是換題之處,這個接縫不必靠文意猜。一處停問——「亦不離二句」全論五見皆在本偈而各繫一根,法入一節獨不繫此句〔T32 456a14–456a24〕,何以?此節雖有二條異讀而無一條使其補上,照錄不代補

還有三件小事該記著:三行見滅之三問一律而無一不備〔T32 455c21·455c25·455c28〕,與 12-04 起相三問之有一處不備恰成對照;「如桴打鼓聲」三見皆在本偈(眼·耳·最羸節),鼻舌身三根承前不重出〔T32 456a12·456a15·456a25〕;偈中三處「羸」字校本已改正文,本文不從大正〔T32 456a29·456b06·456b08〕。

Knowledge of arising and cessation has closed, and contemplation of formations turns once more: “Having thus rightly seen the characteristic of arising and cessation, finely distinguished formations, and delighted in attaining the concentration that delights in cessation” 〔T32 455c16–17〕, from this point the meditator no longer attends to contemplating arising and sees only the cessation of mind.

The main observation should be stated at once: the quoted verse has thirty-nine lines, and its line form changes once in the middle—the first twenty-six are five-graph lines and the final thirteen are seven-graph lines. The place where the form changes is precisely where the subject changes. The five-graph section concerns the six faculties’ failure to arise from themselves and the weakness of mutual conditioning; the seven-graph section concerns the moment and the three times. When the form changes, the subject changes with it. These are counts of Chinese graphs.

Seeing Cessation Through Three Ways: Three Questions in the Same Form, None Missing

First consider the backbone of the prose passage.

The author establishes three ways: “Again, cessation is seen through three ways: through a group, through a pair, and through analysis” 〔T32 455c20–21〕. Three questions then follow, one for each.

“Question: How through a group? Answer: With regard to a posture and the mental and associated factors that arise from that posture, one sees their cessation there as a group” 〔T32 455c21–22〕.

“Question: How through a pair? Answer: Having contemplated this form as impermanent, one sees the arising and cessation of the mind that arises following impermanence” 〔T32 455c25–26〕.

“Question: How through analysis? Answer: Having contemplated this form as impermanent” 〔T32 455c28–29〕.

All three questions have the same form; none is missing. This contrasts exactly with 12-04: there, the three ways concerning the characteristic of arising are likewise distributed across three places, but one place lacks both the words “question” and “answer.” Within the same treatise, two sequences of three questions have matching structures, but one is uniform and the other is not. Both are retained as they stand.

Each answer states concretely what its way does, so each deserves separate attention.

Group: first, with regard to the mental and associated factors that arise from a posture, “one sees their cessation there as a group” 〔T32 455c22〕. Then the answer applies to the three characteristics: “Again, one has contemplated form as impermanent, feeling as impermanent, perception as impermanent, formations as impermanent, and consciousness as impermanent” 〔T32 455c22–23〕. The mental and associated factors that arise with impermanence as their object form a group whose cessation is seen, and the answer closes, “The same applies to suffering as object and not-self as object. In this way one should see through a group” 〔T32 455c24–25〕. A group gathers the collection of minds arising in the same place and sees them cease together.

Pair: “Having contemplated this form as impermanent, one sees the arising and cessation of the mind that arises following impermanence” 〔T32 455c25–26〕. The close says, “The same applies after taking suffering as object and after taking not-self as object. In this way one should contemplate through a pair” 〔T32 455c28〕. The contemplated dhamma and the contemplating mind form a pair, and the contemplating mind is itself seen to arise and cease.

Analysis: the opening is identical to that for the pair, but it adds one sentence: “Through this seeing, one sees the mind cease and then sees that seeing cease. In this way, through analysis, one sees the cessation of many minds” 〔T32 456a02–03〕. It closes, “Contemplation of suffering and contemplation of not-self proceed in the same way. Having thus analyzed, one directly contemplates only that cessation” 〔T32 456a03–04〕. Analysis sees the mind cease and then sees the seeing itself cease, so what is seen is not one cessation but many.

The three closing formulas each say that one “should see” or “should contemplate” through that way, while the number contemplated increases step by step: a group is a collection, a pair is two, and analysis is multiple. When the three ways are complete, the phrase “directly contemplates only that cessation” 〔T32 456a04〕 gathers the practice back into a single cessation. From many to one: this gathering is the final step before the verse is introduced.

With the three ways complete, the text turns to why the verse is quoted: “The object of that cessation of suffering becomes specialized, and one constantly seeks the moments of formations and thereby obtains benefit” 〔T32 456a05〕; “by its own nature it reaches something like the tip of a mustard seed: within one mind-moment there are arising, aging, death, and change” 〔T32 456a06–07〕. It then says simply, “As the verse says” 〔T32 456a08〕.

The author says only “as the verse says.” No title is given, and the words are attributed neither to the Buddha nor to an elder. Nor is there a closing formula at the end of the verse; the close comes in the first prose sentence after it. The wording is retained without identifying the source on the author’s behalf.

Reading Practice: With a Long Verse, First Count Whether Its Line Form Changes Midway

Now consider the verse.

It opens with the pair of name-and-form: “This pair is the nature of name-and-form, turning upon one cessation” 〔T32 456a09〕; “the aggregates are impermanent and subject to cessation; suffering is subject to arising and subject to cessation” 〔T32 456a11〕.

Next comes a group concerning drum sound: “Like the sound of a drum struck by a beater: it does not arise from the eye” 〔T32 456a12〕; “the five dhammas beginning with form and odor do not arise from form” 〔T32 456a13〕; “nor do they depart from these two phrases; the conditioned arises dependent on conditions” 〔T32 456a14〕.

The ear begins once more: “Like the sound of a drum struck by a beater: it does not arise from the ear” 〔T32 456a15〕.

For the nose, tongue, and body, however, the phrase 如桴打鼓聲—“like the sound of a drum struck by a beater”—is not repeated. It occurs three times in the entire treatise, all three here: once for the eye, once for the ear, and a third time where it has already turned to introduce the section on weakness 〔T32 456a25〕.

Then comes a dense stack of weakness: “Like the sound of a drum struck by a beater: that faculty is weakest when it emerges” 〔T32 456a25〕. Six occurrences of 最羸, “weakest,” descend through the following clauses; the movement then closes with “this mutual turning is always weak; the mutually turning dhammas do not remain” 〔T32 456a29〕. At this last place four witnesses have , “most,” rather than the base’s , “always”; if those witnesses are followed, this line becomes uniform with the five occurrences above. Both readings are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base.

This stack deserves to be counted clause by clause, because it is the densest part of the verse: “the initial cause is also weakest; that cause is also weakest” 〔T32 456a26〕; “what arises is also weak; this common ground is weakest” 〔T32 456a27〕; “the associated is also weakest; the combined is also weakest” 〔T32 456a28〕. The faculty at emergence is weak; the initial cause is weak; that cause is weak; what arises is weak; common ground is weak; association is weak; combination is weak; mutual turning is weak. Each clause changes the position while retaining the word. 最羸 occurs six times in the entire treatise, all in these lines.

No single link alone is weak; every link is weak. The author adds no explanatory note and instead applies the same word at eight positions. Together the eight positions trace an entire dependent process—from the faculty’s emergence, through causes and what arises, to common ground, association, combination, and mutual turning. One word applied eight times: that is the passage’s method of exposition.

The next three lines press this stack to its limit: “There is no nature that turns mutually, no agent able to make them arise” 〔T32 456b01〕. Even an agent that might cause arising is absent. “Who first made it arise?” 〔T32 456b03〕 is a question without a direct answer; the next three clauses answer it: it is not born through its own body, does not remain through its own power, and arises by following other dhammas.

The final simile in the five-graph section is the gandharva city: “No one that makes arising occur exists; they are like a gandharva city” 〔T32 456b02〕; “it is not born through its own body, does not remain through its own power, and arises by following other dhammas, giving rise to all influx-laden dhammas” 〔T32 456b03–05〕. 乾闥婆城, “gandharva city,” occurs only once in the entire treatise.

Then the line form changes.

“Its own substance is weak and does not produce itself; it is not its own cause and not its own object” 〔T32 456b06〕—seven Chinese graphs per line.

From this line to the end of the verse, every line has seven graphs: “For birth, its own body is weak and has no time; it comes from nowhere and goes nowhere” 〔T32 456b08〕; “One mind, associated with suffering and pleasure, is swift: a moment, mountains and oceans, eighty thousand eons” 〔T32 456b10〕; “Once it remains, it does not remain again; there are not two minds. What is associated has passed and is about to cease” 〔T32 456b11〕; “All those aggregates now remaining have already gone and are lost without interval” 〔T32 456b12〕; “Because it is not born, the present is born; when it is lost from mind, the world is absent” 〔T32 456b14〕; “In ultimate meaning there is no going and no coming; the future has no collection and is only turning birth” 〔T32 456b15〕; “Remaining like a mustard seed, dhammas arise; when that dhamma has ceased, that is its beginning” 〔T32 456b16〕; “In the world the beginning is not mixed with dhamma; one sees no going or coming and sees no arising” 〔T32 456b17〕. It closes with two similes: “Dhammas do not arise, like empty space; like lightning they arise and cease in an instant” 〔T32 456b18〕.

The reading practice offered by the passage is this: when meeting a long verse, do not begin by reading it line by line. First count its line form—how many Chinese graphs make up each line, and whether that number changes midway.

The count here is thirty-nine lines: the first twenty-six have five graphs, and the final thirteen have seven. The line where the form changes is also exactly the line where the subject changes. From beginning to end the five-graph section concerns how faculties and objects do not arise from themselves and how every stage of mutual conditioning is weak. From beginning to end the seven-graph section concerns how one mind-moment and the three times cannot be found.

Form is visible structure; subject is meaning. When the form changes, the meaning changes with it. This seam need not be inferred from interpretation alone; counting the graphs in each Chinese line makes it visible.

The movement of the seven-graph section is also worth following. It first continues the earlier theme of weakness: “its own substance is weak and does not produce itself” 〔T32 456b06〕 and “for birth, its own body is weak and has no time” 〔T32 456b08〕 move weakness from the links of conditioning to substance itself. It then changes scale to time: “One mind, associated with suffering and pleasure, is swift: a moment, mountains and oceans, eighty thousand eons” 〔T32 456b10〕. One sentence places the speed of a single mind alongside eighty thousand eons, exhausting both extremes of scale at once. It then turns to the three times: the presently abiding aggregates have already gone and been lost, the future will be lost, and what has disappeared does not arise again 〔T32 456b12〕. Finally, “in ultimate meaning there is no going and no coming; the future has no collection and is only turning birth” 〔T32 456b15〕 gives the general judgment, and the similes of the mustard seed, empty space, and lightning close it 〔T32 456b16·456b18〕.

The five-graph section dismantles the question “From where does it arise?” The seven-graph section dismantles “At what moment does it remain?” One concerns place; the other concerns time. Both yield the same answer: neither can be found. The two sections give one side each and together form a single contemplation of cessation. This edition records the parallel without supplying the author’s reason.

(Two further visible details should be recorded. In the five-graph section, 亦不離二句—“nor do they depart from these two phrases”—occurs five times, once each for eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body. The following section on the dhamma entrance does not carry that phrase and instead says, “It does not arise from the sense-base or form, does not emerge from the dhamma entrance, and arises in dependence on causes and conditions” 〔T32 456a23–24〕. Also, 第一義中, “in ultimate meaning,” and 猶如電, “like lightning,” each occur only once in the entire treatise 〔456b15〕〔456b18〕.)

A Place to Pause: All Five Faculties Carry That Phrase; Why Does the Dhamma Entrance Not?

The point at which to pause is the one just noted.

亦不離二句 occurs five times in the entire treatise, all in this verse, once each for eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body. The sixth place—the section on the dhamma entrance—does not carry the phrase.

Pause and ask: why do all five faculties carry it while the dhamma entrance does not?

This passage cannot answer. Three matters can be checked: there is one occurrence for each of the five faculties, which can be counted plainly; the section on the dhamma entrance changes to 依因緣依生, “arises in dependence on causes and conditions”; and although two variants occur here—four witnesses read 亦不從 for the base’s 不從處色, and 出入 for 入出—neither variant supplies 亦不離二句. Following the four witnesses would make this section’s wording more nearly uniform with the five preceding sections, but the missing phrase would remain missing.

This edition retains the text without supplementation.

Three Instances of : Here the Body Does Not Follow the Taishō Base

At three places in the verse, this edition’s body differs from the Taishō base.

展轉此常羸 〔T32 456a29〕, 自體羸劣不自生 〔T32 456b06〕, and 為生自身羸無時 〔T32 456b08〕 each have the graph , “weak,” here. The Taishō base has , but the critical edition has already changed its body text to .

Where the critical edition has amended the body, this text follows the corrected reading. This differs from entries that merely record a variant without adopting it: in those cases the body follows the Taishō base. All three places involve the same change and fall in the section on weakness or at the beginning of the seven-graph section.

Section 3 of the apparatus separates the two classes into Tables A and B precisely to keep this distinction visible.

After the Verse: Distraction and Overestimation; the Two Questions Have Uneven Subjects

After the verse, the prose continues: “Seeing cessation inexhaustibly in this way, the meditator enters concentration, like smoke arising when fire is drilled” 〔T32 456b19〕. 如鑽火烟起, “like smoke arising when fire is drilled,” occurs only once in the entire treatise.

The dhammas that arise then follow: “The factors of awakening arise moment after moment; illumination and knowledge arise; joy, tranquility, happiness, grasping, liberation, and foundations of mindfulness arise. Equanimity and emergence are unclear here” 〔T32 456b20–21〕. The text lists names without giving a total and does not explain the items one by one. This edition retains the list without supplying a count or completing it.

Then: “With regard to these dhammas, the meditator may give rise either to distraction or to overestimation” 〔T32 456b21–22〕.

Two questions follow, but their subjects are not parallel:

“Question: How is distraction removed? Answer: Joy arises in the meditator with regard to a dhamma, and that joy causes it to become still more settled” 〔T32 456b22–23〕—the question asks about removal.

“Question: How does overestimation arise? Answer: When the sign of illumination first arises for the meditator with regard to a dhamma, the meditator attains a supramundane dhamma” 〔T32 456b26–27〕—the question asks about arising.

One asks how something is removed; the other asks how something arises. The first directly asks how distraction is removed, while the second first asks how overestimation arises. The removal of the latter comes only at the end of the answer: “In this way knowledge removes distraction and overestimation; seeing only cessation is wholesome, so one practices and develops it repeatedly. (Knowledge of contemplating cessation has ended.)” 〔T32 456c01–02〕. A single sentence removes both. Their uneven subjects are retained without normalization.

The arising of overestimation is described concretely: “A sign of attainment is formed with respect to what has not yet been attained, and the meditator continually makes no further effort. In this way overestimation arises” 〔T32 456b27–28〕. A sign of attainment is formed over what has not been attained, and effort then stops. The discerning meditator “knows that this defilement is a disturbance of concentration” 〔T32 456b28–29〕.

This judgment should be retained: the author classifies overestimation as 定亂, a disturbance of concentration, rather than as a separate kind of view or conceit. The distraction removed in the preceding question and the overestimation that arises in this question are two faces of one problem for the author; hence a single closing sentence can remove them together. The mechanism of arising likewise has only one sequence: a sign of attainment first; cessation of effort afterward. One believes attainment has occurred and then stops. This section provides no separate countermeasure and places “knowing” first: knowing that the defilement is a disturbance of concentration, knowing the activity and object of mundane dhammas, and knowing Nibbāna as the object of supramundane dhammas. Once it is known, knowledge removes it.

One Fascicle Ends Here

“(Knowledge of contemplating cessation has ended.)” 〔T32 456c02〕. 觀滅智, “knowledge of contemplating cessation,” occurs only once in the entire treatise.

The fascicle heading follows immediately after this sentence: fascicle eleven ends at 456c02–03, fascicle twelve begins at 456c06, its chapter heading reads “The Path of Freedom, Chapter Twelve, Distinguishing the Truths, Part Two” 〔T32 456c10〕, and its first passage begins at 456c11.

Chapter Twelve has completed its first fascicle.


Take away three things. One observation: the thirty-nine-line verse changes form midway. Its first twenty-six Chinese lines contain five graphs each 〔T32 456a09–456b05〕, and its final thirteen contain seven 〔T32 456b06–456b18〕. The change in form is the change in subject: the five-graph section concerns the six faculties’ failure to arise from themselves and the weakness of mutual conditioning, while the seven-graph section concerns the moment and the three times. One reading practice: with a long verse, first count whether its line form changes midway. A shift in form often marks a shift in subject; the seam can be seen by counting rather than guessed from interpretation. One place to pause: 亦不離二句 occurs five times in the entire treatise, all here and once for each of the five faculties, but the section on the dhamma entrance alone lacks the phrase 〔T32 456a14–456a24〕. Neither of that section’s two variants supplies it, so the text is retained without supplementation.

Three smaller points also matter. The three questions on seeing cessation through three ways all have the same form and none is missing 〔T32 455c21·455c25·455c28〕, in contrast to the incomplete middle formula in 12-04. All three occurrences of 如桴打鼓聲 are in this verse—eye, ear, and the section on weakness—while nose, tongue, and body continue without repeating it 〔T32 456a12·456a15·456a25〕. Finally, at three instances of , the critical edition has already amended the body, and this text does not follow the Taishō base 〔T32 456a29·456b06·456b08〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Ways of Contemplating Cessation and Removing Distraction and Overestimation · Exposition · Summer 2026

令起智怖與樂解脫智Knowledge That Arouses Fear and Knowledge Delighting in Liberation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

卷第十二開卷。上一卷末了收在「觀滅智已竟」,這一段接著就走下一步:「彼坐禪人如是現觀滅,以由觀滅成,畏陰因亦畏陰生」〔T32 456c11–12〕。

先把所見說在前頭:本段兩節同一個構造——各繫其譬、各以夾註收——而三處字面不齊:三相所畏之目首末互異,「隨相似忍」之前字互異,連收語都一個作「總語」一個作「總語言」。同構而三處不齊,這是本段最該記的形。

怖邊三喻,都在說「所畏之物」

第一節說令起智怖。觀滅既成,所畏的是陰因、陰生,是「畏三有、五趣、七識住、九眾生居成畏」〔T32 456c12–13〕——這一組四名在本論四見,本段就佔三見,另一見正是 12-02 分別智的收語〔T32 454b27–28〕。

隨後一句三喻:「彼如惡人捉刀可畏,如毒蛇、如火聚」〔T32 456c13〕。

三個喻,說的都是所畏之物本身——刀在惡人手上、蛇是毒的、火聚在那裡。論主不說怕的人怎麼樣,只把三樣可畏之物並排。「如惡人捉刀」「如火聚」在本論各只出現這一次。

然後是三相:「以無常現作意令畏想,以安隱令起無想」〔T32 456c15–16〕、「以苦現作意成畏生,以安隱令起無生」〔T32 456c16–17〕、「以無我現作意成畏相及生,以安隱令起無相及無生」〔T32 456c17–18〕。

一畏一安,三對六句,一句不缺。這裡照錄。畏的那一邊由現作意來,安的那一邊由安隱來。

末以「觀過患觀厭離軟隨相似忍,是其總語(令起智怖已竟)」〔T32 456c18–19〕收。

讀法:同一個喻在兩處出現,先問它兩處各說什麼

第二節說樂解脫智:「彼坐禪人,以怖現修行令起智,樂解脫智生」〔T32 456c20–21〕。怖不是終點,是修行的入手處。

隨後一句二喻:「如火所圍鳥,從彼樂解脫。如人為賊所圍,從彼樂解脫」〔T32 456c23–24〕。

這兩個喻與上一節那三個喻,方向不一樣。上一節的三喻說的是所畏之物;這一節的二喻說的是被圍住的那個東西自己想出去——鳥被火圍,人被賊圍,二者所樂的都是「從彼樂解脫」。

而這裡有一件該回頭看的:這團火,我們見過。

12-05 說見苦成滿時用的是「猶如飛鳥為火所圍未免怖畏,若未至虛空,見火圍過患,成飛虛空」〔T32 455b01–03〕。同樣是火、同樣是鳥、同樣是被圍。

可是兩處所明的不是一件事。那裡的重心在「至虛空」——非到外邊不能見全,所以那個喻說的是成滿;這裡的重心在「從彼樂解脫」——被圍者自己求出,所以這個喻說的是樂解脫

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到同一個譬喻在兩處出現,不要以為它兩處說同一件事;先看它兩處各自落在哪一句上。落在「至虛空」上就是說見得全,落在「從彼樂解脫」上就是說求出去。喻是同一個,論主要用的那一頭不同。

本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

停一停:同構的兩節,為什麼三處都不齊?

現在把兩節並排。

三相之目——第一節作畏想、畏生、畏相及生〔456c15–18〕;第二節作畏因、畏生、畏因及生〔T32 456c26–28〕。中間那一目相同,首末二目互異。

「隨相似忍」——第一節作「軟隨相似忍」〔456c18–19〕,第二節作「捨中隨相似忍」〔457a02〕。這四個字在本論只出現這兩次,而其前之字一作「軟」、一作「捨中」。

收語——第一節作「是其總語」〔456c19〕,第二節作「此是總語言」〔457a02–03〕。不繫「言」字的「總語」在本論只三見,其一正是 12-01 那句「此總語苦諦令起可知」〔T32 454a03〕。

停下來問:同一個構造的兩節,為什麼三處都不齊?

本段答不了。可核的是:其中兩處有校記,而校記一經採用,不齊就消掉了。456c16 之「想」四本作「相」——若從四本,第一節三目即作畏相·畏生·畏相及生,首末一律;456c19 之「語」四本作「語言」——若從四本,兩節收語即一律。

而第三處(軟/捨中)無校記。

所以三處不齊之中,二處校本記其異而一處不記。本編照錄不代齊,並錄不判,本文一律從底本。

(此節另有兩件小的:456c26「此畏怖者」四本作「怖畏」,二字次序相反;456c28–29 之「二種引心」論文不列其名,只出其果——一則「於上成通達現觀歡喜」、一則「心成憂惱成修行障礙」〔T32 457a01〕。照錄不代補其名。)

一段無問

還有一件形上的事該記:本段從頭到尾沒有一個「問」字。

二節都以「彼坐禪人」領起,中間不設問答,末了各繫一句夾註收。這在品十二裡並不常見——前六單元每一單元都有問,少則二問、多則五問。卷第十二一開卷卻是零問,直到下一段才復有「問:云何以智現越正聚?」

照錄。本編不代論文說其故。


帶走三件:一個所見——本段二節同構(各繫其譬、各以夾註收)而三處字面不齊:三相所畏之目首末互異(T32 456c15–18·456c26–28)、「隨相似忍」之前字互異(軟/捨中,此語全論二見皆在本段)、收語互異(總語/總語言)。一個讀法——遇同一譬喻兩處出現,先看它兩處各落在哪一句上:火圍之喻在 12-05 落在「至虛空」而說成滿,在本段落在「從彼樂解脫」而說求出。一處停問——同構二節何以三處皆不齊?其中二處有校記而一經採用不齊即消(456c16 想/相·456c19 語/語言),第三處(軟/捨中)無校記。照錄不代齊,本文從底本。

還有三件小事該記著:怖邊三喻皆言所畏之物、解脫邊二喻皆言被圍求出(T32 456c13·456c23–24);「二種引心」不列其名唯出其果〔T32 456c28–29〕;本段零問——二節皆以「彼坐禪人」領起、以夾註收。

Fascicle twelve opens. The preceding fascicle ended with “Knowledge Contemplating Cessation has ended,” and this passage immediately takes the next step: “The meditator directly contemplates cessation in this way. Because contemplation of cessation has been accomplished, the meditator fears the cause of the aggregates and also fears the arising of the aggregates” 〔T32 456c11–12〕.

The central observation comes first: the passage has two sections with the same structure—each carries its similes and each closes with a parenthetical ending—yet their wording is uneven in three places. The first and last objects of fear under the three characteristics differ; the expression before “followed by conformity and acceptance” differs; even the closings read “general statement” in one section and “general statement-with-words” in the other. The shared structure and three textual differences are the form to remember here.

Three Similes on the Side of Fear, All Showing “What Is Feared”

The first section concerns knowledge that arouses fear. Once contemplation of cessation has been accomplished, what is feared is the cause and arising of the aggregates: one “comes to fear the three kinds of becoming, the five destinations, the seven stations of consciousness, and the nine abodes of beings” 〔T32 456c12–13〕. This four-name group occurs four times in the treatise, three of them here; the other is precisely the closing of analytical knowledge in 12-02 〔T32 454b27–28〕.

One sentence then gives three similes: “These are fearful like an evil person holding a knife, like a venomous snake, and like a mass of fire” 〔T32 456c13〕.

All three similes describe the feared thing itself—the knife in an evil person’s hand, the venomous snake, and the mass of fire. The author does not describe the frightened person; he simply places three fearful things side by side. “Like an evil person holding a knife” and “like a mass of fire” each occur only once in the treatise.

The three characteristics follow: “By attending presently to impermanence, fear-perception (畏想) is produced; by means of security, non-perception is aroused” 〔T32 456c15–16〕; “By attending presently to suffering, fear of arising is produced; by means of security, non-arising is aroused” 〔T32 456c16–17〕; and “By attending presently to not-self, fear of characteristic and arising is produced; by means of security, no-characteristic and non-arising are aroused” 〔T32 456c17–18〕.

One fear and one security, three pairs and six statements, with none missing. They are recorded as they stand. The fear side comes from present attention; the secure side comes from security.

The section closes: “Contemplation of danger, contemplation of disenchantment, and softness followed by conformity and acceptance—this is its general statement. (Knowledge That Arouses Fear has ended.)” 〔T32 456c18–19〕.

Reading Practice: When One Simile Appears Twice, First Ask What It Says in Each Place

The second section concerns knowledge delighting in liberation: “The meditator practices with fear presently seen and causes knowledge to arise; knowledge delighting in liberation then arises” 〔T32 456c20–21〕. Fear is not the endpoint; it is where practice begins.

One sentence then gives two similes: “It is like a bird surrounded by fire, delighting in liberation from it, and like a person surrounded by bandits, delighting in liberation from them” 〔T32 456c23–24〕.

These two similes move in a different direction from the preceding three. The first three describe the object that is feared. These two describe the surrounded being itself wanting to get out—the bird is surrounded by fire, the person by bandits, and both delight “in liberation from it.”

Something here should send us back: we have seen this fire before.

When 12-05 explained fulfillment in seeing suffering, it said, “It is like a flying bird surrounded by fire and not yet free from fear. If it has not yet reached open sky, it sees the danger of being surrounded by fire and comes to fly into open sky” 〔T32 455b01–03〕. The fire, bird, and enclosure are the same.

Yet the two places disclose different things. There the center lies in “reaching open sky”: only outside can the whole be seen, so that simile concerns fulfillment. Here the center lies in “delighting in liberation from it”: the surrounded being seeks a way out, so this simile concerns delighting in liberation.

The passage therefore gives a reading practice: when the same simile occurs in two places, do not assume it says the same thing twice; first see which sentence it rests upon in each place. Resting on “reaching open sky,” it speaks of seeing fully. Resting on “delighting in liberation from it,” it speaks of seeking a way out. The simile is the same; the aspect the author employs is different.

This edition records only that contrast and does not supply the author’s reason.

Pause: Why Do Two Parallel Sections Differ in All Three Places?

Now place the two sections side by side.

The three objects of fear—the first section has fear-perception (畏想), fear of arising, and fear of characteristic and arising 〔456c15–18〕; the second has fear-cause (畏因), fear of arising, and fear of cause and arising 〔T32 456c26–28〕. The middle item is the same; the first and last differ.

“Followed by conformity and acceptance”—the first section has “softness followed by conformity and acceptance” 〔456c18–19〕, while the second has “equanimity followed by conformity and acceptance” 〔457a02〕. The four-character expression occurs only twice in the treatise, both times here, but what precedes it is “softness” once and “equanimity” once.

The closings—the first has “this is its general statement” 〔456c19〕, while the second has “this is its general statement-with-words” 〔457a02–03〕. The form of “general statement” without the graph for “words” occurs only three times in the treatise, one of them being the sentence in 12-01, “This general statement of causing the truth of suffering to arise should be understood” 〔T32 454a03〕.

Pause and ask: why do two sections with one structure differ in all three places?

This passage cannot answer. What can be checked is that two of the differences have critical notes, and adopting their variants would make those differences disappear. At 456c16, four witnesses have the graph for “characteristic” instead of “perception.” If followed, the first section’s three items would be fear of characteristic, fear of arising, and fear of characteristic and arising, making the first and last uniform. At 456c19, four witnesses have “general statement-with-words” instead of “general statement,” making the two closings uniform.

The third difference—softness/equanimity—has no critical note.

Thus two of the three differences have recorded variants that would remove the difference, while one does not. This edition records without making uniform. The readings are listed without adjudication, and the body follows the base text throughout.

(Two smaller matters also occur. At 456c26, four witnesses reverse the order of the two graphs in “fearful” from one Chinese compound to the other. At 456c28–29, the treatise says “two ways of directing the mind” but does not name them; it gives only their results—one is “penetrating what is above and directly contemplating joy,” while the other is that “the mind becomes distressed and creates an obstacle to practice” 〔T32 457a01〕. They are recorded without supplying names.)

A Passage Without a Question

One more formal fact should be recorded: from beginning to end, this passage contains no occurrence of “Question.”

Both sections begin with “the meditator,” contain no question-and-answer exchange, and end with a parenthetical closing. This is unusual within Chapter Twelve: each of the preceding six units contains questions, from two to five. Fascicle twelve opens with zero questions, and the question form does not return until the next passage asks, “Question: How does one, through knowledge presently seen, cross over the fixed course?”

This is recorded. The edition does not supply the author’s reason.


Take away three things. One observation: the two sections share one structure—each carries its similes and closes parenthetically—yet differ in three visible forms: the first and last objects of fear differ (畏想/畏因, fear-perception/fear-cause; fear of characteristic and arising/fear of cause and arising) (T32 456c15–18·456c26–28), the expressions before “followed by conformity and acceptance” differ (softness/equanimity, with both occurrences in this unit), and the closings differ (general statement/general statement-with-words). One reading practice: when one simile appears twice, first see which sentence it rests upon in each place: the fire-enclosure simile rests on “reaching open sky” in 12-05 and shows fulfillment, but on “delighting in liberation from it” here and shows seeking a way out. One pause: why do the parallel sections differ in all three places? Two differences have critical variants that would remove them (456c16 perception/characteristic; 456c19 statement/statement-with-words), while the third—softness/equanimity—has no critical note. The forms are recorded without being made uniform, and the body follows the base.

Three smaller matters also deserve notice: the three fear-side similes all show what is feared, while the two liberation-side similes show the surrounded being seeking escape (T32 456c13·456c23–24); the “two ways of directing the mind” are not named but only yield their results 〔T32 456c28–29〕; and the passage contains zero questions—both sections begin with “the meditator” and end with a parenthetical closing.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Knowledge That Arouses Fear and Knowledge Delighting in Liberation · Exposition · Summer 2026

相似智與性除智Knowledge of Similarity and Disposition-Removing Knowledge

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

樂解脫智收了,接著是相似智與性除智——兩個緊挨著的智,兩節各以夾註收。

先把所見說在前頭:本段解「性除」一名,一連給了六個說法,其中兩個明說出自阿毘曇;而論主把六個並排下來之後,一句判語也不下——不說哪個為正、哪個為兼,也不說它們是不是同一件事。這是本段最該記的形。

三對,兩邊一一相反

先看相似智怎麼得。

「以三行得相似智,以三行越正聚」〔T32 457a06–07〕,然後三對逐一而下:

「於五陰無常現見得相似智。五陰滅常泥洹,如是現見越正聚」〔T32 457a07–08〕。

「於五陰以苦現見得相似智,五陰滅樂泥洹,現見越正聚」〔T32 457a08–09〕。

「於五陰以無我現見得相似智,五陰滅第一義泥洹,現見越正聚」〔T32 457a09–11〕。

把三對的兩邊並排:五陰那一邊是無常、苦、無我,泥洹那一邊是常、樂、第一義

一一相反,一目不缺。論主不說「所以泥洹是常」,他只把兩列擺在一起,讓相反自己現出來。「第一義泥洹」這四個字在本論只出現這一次。

(此處有一條校記:底本作「五陰滅常泥洹」而明本作「災」。作「常」則與其下「樂」「第一義」同為泥洹之德、與五陰之無常相反;作「災」則所指全異。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

一詞而二智分屬其時

第二節是一問二答:「問:云何以智現越正聚?云何以智已越正聚?答:以性除智現越正聚,以道智已越正聚」〔T32 457a11–13〕。

「越正聚」這三個字在本論八見,八見都在本段。而這一問把它切成兩半:現越是性除智的事,已越是道智的事。

一個詞,兩個智各佔其時——一個在門檻上,一個已經跨過去。論主不多說一字。

停一停:七組列了名,總數為什麼不出?

第三節釋相似智之義:「問:相似智者何義?答:相似者,四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺分、八正道分」〔T32 457a13–15〕,然後「以彼相似,此謂相似智總語言」〔T32 457a15〕。

七組逐一列名,而總數論文不出。

停下來問:這七組的總數,論主為什麼不說?

本段答不了。可核的是:同樣這幾組,品十一說過,而那裡是出數的。11-16 在論四諦之數時作「三十七菩提法」,四組二十九目加八正分而成三十七〔T32 452b21–452b27〕。同一批組,一處出數、一處不出。

本編照錄不代數——不替論主把「三十七」補進來。

(節末一句:「無怨見利相似忍,此是相似智總語言(相似智已竟)」〔T32 457a15–16〕。「相似忍」這三個字在本論四見——本段一見,上一段二見(「軟隨相似忍」與「捨中隨相似忍」(456c18–19·457a02)),另一見在品十一〔T32 445a23〕。三處各冠一語而三冠語全異:軟、捨中、無怨見利。照錄不代齊。)

讀法:一名多釋時,先數它給了幾個,再看它判不判

性除智之生只一句:「相似智無間次第,從一切諸行相起,作泥洹事,生性除智」〔T32 457a17–18〕。

隨後是本段的重頭:「問:云何義名性除?」〔T32 457a18〕

答文一連下來——

「除凡夫法名性除,非凡夫法所除亦名性除」〔T32 457a18–19〕;

「性者是泥洹。復次種殖泥洹者名性除」〔T32 457a19–20〕;

「如阿毘曇所說,除生名性除,度無生亦名性除」〔T32 457a20–21〕;

「復除生因名性除,度無生無相名性除」〔T32 457a21–22〕。

數一數:除凡夫法、非凡夫法所除、種殖泥洹、除生、度無生、除生因與度無生無相——六個「名性除」。其中「性者是泥洹」是一句對「性」字的直訓,不在六釋之列。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到一個名字底下連著好幾個解釋,先數它一共給了幾個,再看論主在末了判不判。

照這個去看本段:六個並排,而論主一句判語也不下。他不說哪個是正義、哪個是引申,不說阿毘曇那兩個與自己那四個是同是異,也不把六個收成一個。末了只給一句功能語:「於泥洹是初引路,從外起轉慧」〔T32 457a22–23〕。

六釋並列而不判,這本身就是論主的處理。本編照錄不代判、不代收。

阿毘曇的最後一次

還有一件該記的:「如阿毘曇所說」這五個字,在本論只出現兩次——一次在品十一 11-13〔T32 451b17〕,一次就是這裡〔T32 457a20–21〕。

這是全論最後一次引阿毘曇。其後直到書末,論主再不以此式引據。

而它出現的位置也值得看:不是在立一個新法時,是在解一個名字時。論主自己已經給了兩個解釋,然後把阿毘曇的兩個並進來,隨後又添自己的兩個。引來的與自出的交錯排列,而不分先後主從。照錄不代判。

四個收語連成一串

末以「此性除總語言(性除智已竟)」〔T32 457a23〕收。

把本段與上一段並看:令起智怖已竟〔456c19〕、樂解脫智已竟〔457a03〕、相似智已竟〔457a16〕、性除智已竟〔457a23〕——四個夾註收語連成一串,逐智而收。

從觀滅智〔456c02〕算起,這已是第五個。卷第十二一開卷就是這樣一路收下來的。


帶走三件:一個所見——性除一名而六釋並列,論主一句判語也不下〔T32 457a18–457a22〕:其中二釋明出阿毘曇,二釋在其前、二釋在其後,引來的與自出的交錯而不分主從,末了只給一句功能語(初引路)。一個讀法——遇一名多釋,先數它給了幾個,再看論主末了判不判;不判者,其不判即是處理。一處停問——相似之七組逐一列名而總數論文不出〔T32 457a13–15〕,何以?同一批組在品十一 11-16 是出數的(三十七菩提法〔452b21–27〕)——同批組一處出數、一處不出。照錄不代數。

還有三件小事該記著:三對兩邊一一相反(五陰無常·苦·無我/泥洹常·樂·第一義〔T32 457a07–11〕);「越正聚」全論八見皆在本段而現越屬性除智、已越屬道智〔T32 457a11–13〕;「如阿毘曇所說」全論二見而本處為其末一見〔T32 457a20–21〕。

Knowledge delighting in liberation has closed. Knowledge of similarity and disposition-removing knowledge follow—two adjoining knowledges, each closing parenthetically.

The central observation comes first: the passage explains the one name “disposition-removal” in six consecutive ways, two of them expressly attributed to the Abhidhamma. After setting all six side by side, the author gives not a single judgment—he does not say which is primary or secondary, nor whether they explain the same thing. That is the form to remember here.

Three Pairs, Opposed Item by Item

First consider how knowledge of similarity is attained.

“Knowledge of similarity is attained in three modes, and the right fixed course is crossed in three modes” 〔T32 457a06–07〕. Three pairs then follow in order:

“By presently seeing impermanence in the five aggregates, one attains knowledge of similarity. The five aggregates cease; Nibbāna is permanent. Presently seeing in this way, one crosses the right fixed course” 〔T32 457a07–08〕.

“By presently seeing suffering in the five aggregates, one attains knowledge of similarity. The five aggregates cease; Nibbāna is ease. Presently seeing, one crosses the right fixed course” 〔T32 457a08–09〕.

“By presently seeing not-self in the five aggregates, one attains knowledge of similarity. The five aggregates cease; Nibbāna is the ultimate meaning. Presently seeing, one crosses the right fixed course” 〔T32 457a09–11〕.

Place the two sides of the three pairs alongside each other: the side of the five aggregates is impermanent, suffering, and not-self, while the side of Nibbāna is permanent, ease, and the ultimate meaning.

They are opposed item by item, with none missing. The author does not write, “therefore Nibbāna is permanent”; he simply sets the two columns together and allows the opposition to appear. The Chinese expression “Nibbāna as the ultimate meaning” occurs only once in the treatise.

(One critical note occurs here. The base reads, “the five aggregates cease; Nibbāna is permanent,” while the Ming witness has “calamity.” With “permanent,” the word joins “ease” and “ultimate meaning” below as a quality of Nibbāna and opposes the impermanence of the five aggregates; with “calamity,” the referent changes entirely. Both are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base.)

One Expression, Two Knowledges Assigned to Different Times

The second section is one question with two answers: “Question: How does one presently cross the right fixed course through knowledge? How does one cross it already through knowledge? Answer: Through disposition-removing knowledge one presently crosses the right fixed course; through path knowledge one has crossed the right fixed course” 〔T32 457a11–13〕.

The Chinese expression for “cross the right fixed course” occurs eight times in the treatise, all eight in this passage. This question divides it in two: present crossing belongs to disposition-removing knowledge; having crossed belongs to path knowledge.

One expression, two knowledges, each assigned to its time—one at the threshold, one already across. The author adds not another word.

Pause: Seven Groups Are Named; Why Is Their Total Not Given?

The third section explains knowledge of similarity: “Question: What does knowledge of similarity mean? Answer: ‘Similarity’ means the four establishments of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four bases of success, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of awakening, and the eight factors of the right path” 〔T32 457a13–15〕. It then says, “Because it is similar to those, this is called the general statement-with-words of knowledge of similarity” 〔T32 457a15〕.

Seven groups are named one by one, but the treatise does not state their total.

Pause and ask: why does the author not state the total of these seven groups?

This passage cannot answer. What can be checked is that the same groups appeared in Chapter Eleven, and there the number was stated. While counting the Four Truths, 11-16 speaks of the “thirty-seven awakening dhammas”: four groups contain twenty-nine items, and the eight right-path factors make thirty-seven 〔T32 452b21–452b27〕. The same set is counted in one place and left uncounted in another.

This edition records without supplying the number—it does not insert “thirty-seven” on the author’s behalf.

(The section closes: “Non-resentment, seeing benefit, similarity, and acceptance—this is the general statement-with-words of knowledge of similarity. (Knowledge of Similarity has ended.)” 〔T32 457a15–16〕. The Chinese expression for “similarity and acceptance” occurs four times in the treatise: once here, twice in the preceding passage—“softness followed by conformity and acceptance” and “equanimity followed by conformity and acceptance” (456c18–19·457a02)—and once in Chapter Eleven 〔T32 445a23〕. The three nearby occurrences each have a different preceding expression: softness, equanimity, and non-resentment-seeing-benefit. They are recorded without being made uniform.)

Reading Practice: When One Name Has Many Explanations, Count Them First, Then See Whether the Author Judges

The arising of disposition-removing knowledge receives one sentence: “Immediately and in sequence after knowledge of similarity, one rises from the characteristics of all formations, makes Nibbāna the matter, and disposition-removing knowledge arises” 〔T32 457a17–18〕.

Then comes the passage’s main weight: “Question: What does the name ‘disposition-removal’ mean?” 〔T32 457a18〕.

The answer proceeds in one sequence:

“Removing the states of an ordinary person is called disposition-removal; that which is removed by non-ordinary states is also called disposition-removal” 〔T32 457a18–19〕;

“‘Disposition’ is Nibbāna. Further, one who plants and cultivates Nibbāna is called disposition-removing” 〔T32 457a19–20〕;

“As the Abhidhamma says: removing birth is called disposition-removal; crossing beyond non-arising is also called disposition-removal” 〔T32 457a20–21〕;

“Again, removing the cause of birth is called disposition-removal; crossing beyond non-arising and no-characteristic is called disposition-removal” 〔T32 457a21–22〕.

Count them: removing the states of an ordinary person; that which is removed by non-ordinary states; planting and cultivating Nibbāna; removing birth; crossing beyond non-arising; removing the cause of birth together with crossing beyond non-arising and no-characteristic—six statements containing “called disposition-removal.” The sentence “‘Disposition’ is Nibbāna” directly glosses the graph for “disposition” and is not counted among the six explanations.

The reading practice delivered by the passage is this: when one name is followed by several explanations, first count how many are given; then see whether the author judges among them at the end.

Applied here, six explanations stand side by side, and the author gives not one sentence of judgment. He does not identify a primary meaning or derived meaning; he does not say whether the two Abhidhamma explanations agree with the four surrounding them; he does not gather six into one. He ends only with a functional statement: “With respect to Nibbāna it is the first guide on the road; from outside, turning wisdom arises” 〔T32 457a22–23〕.

Six explanations placed side by side without adjudication—that itself is the author’s handling. This edition records without deciding or gathering them.

The Last “As the Abhidhamma Says”

One further fact deserves notice. The Chinese formula “as the Abhidhamma says” occurs only twice in the treatise—once in 11-13 of Chapter Eleven 〔T32 451b17〕 and once here 〔T32 457a20–21〕.

This is the treatise’s final citation of the Abhidhamma. From here to the end of the work, the author never again cites with this formula.

Its position also matters: it does not appear while establishing a new dhamma, but while explaining a name. The author has already supplied two explanations, inserts the Abhidhamma’s two, and follows with two more of his own. Cited explanations and the author’s explanations are interleaved, without priority or hierarchy. This is recorded without adjudication.

Four Closing Expressions Form One Sequence

The passage ends with “this is the general statement-with-words of disposition-removal. (Disposition-Removing Knowledge has ended.)” 〔T32 457a23〕.

Read this passage together with the preceding one: Knowledge That Arouses Fear has ended 〔456c19〕; Knowledge Delighting in Liberation has ended 〔457a03〕; Knowledge of Similarity has ended 〔457a16〕; Disposition-Removing Knowledge has ended 〔457a23〕. Four parenthetical closings form one sequence, closing one knowledge after another.

Beginning with Knowledge Contemplating Cessation 〔456c02〕, this is already the fifth. Fascicle twelve opens by closing one knowledge after another in just this way.


Take away three things. One observation: the one name disposition-removal receives six parallel explanations, and the author gives not one sentence of judgment 〔T32 457a18–457a22〕. Two are expressly attributed to the Abhidhamma, with two explanations before and two after; cited and authorial explanations are interleaved without priority, and only a functional sentence—the first guide—comes at the end. One reading practice: when one name has many explanations, count how many are given, then see whether the author judges at the end; when he does not, that non-judgment is itself his handling. One pause: seven groups defining similarity are named one by one but the total is not stated 〔T32 457a13–15〕. Why? The same set is counted in Chapter Eleven 11-16 as the thirty-seven awakening dhammas 〔452b21–27〕—one place counts it, one does not. This edition does not supply the number.

Three smaller matters also deserve notice: the three pairs are opposed item by item—the five aggregates as impermanent, suffering, and not-self; Nibbāna as permanent, ease, and the ultimate meaning 〔T32 457a07–11〕. All eight occurrences of “cross the right fixed course” are in this passage, where present crossing belongs to disposition-removing knowledge and having crossed to path knowledge 〔T32 457a11–13〕. Finally, “as the Abhidhamma says” occurs twice in the treatise, and this is its last occurrence 〔T32 457a20–21〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Knowledge of Similarity and Disposition-Removing Knowledge · Exposition · Summer 2026

道智一剎那分別四諦Path Knowledge Distinguishes the Four Truths in a Single Instant

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

性除智收了,門檻跨過去:「性智無間次第,現知苦、現斷集、現作證滅、現修道,生須陀洹道智及一切菩提法」〔T32 457a24–25〕。

先把所見說在前頭:本段為「一剎那作四事」立了三個譬喻——船、燈、日。三個喻都出四事,而其中只有船喻與日喻各繫一組「這一事配這一諦」的四配;燈喻出了四事之後,就沒有配。三喻而配者唯二。

一智、一剎那、四事

道智之相,論主一句說盡:「於一剎那以一智,非初非後分別四諦」〔T32 457a27〕。

「非初非後」這四個字在本論只四見,四見都在本段。它要擋掉的是一種讀法——以為四諦是一件一件依次見的。論主的說法是:一個智、一個剎那、四件事同時。

隨後引偈:「如譬喻偈所說」〔T32 457a29〕——「如人捨此岸,以船度彼岸」〔T32 457b01〕,「於彼度諸物,乘舡者除漏」〔T32 457b02〕。

這個引式值得記。12-06 那個長偈,論主只說「如偈所說」;這裡多出三個字,作「如譬喻偈所說」。「譬喻偈」在本論只出現這一次。多出的是所引之類名,而書名仍舊不出。照錄不代判其所出。

(此處有一條校記:偈之上句作「以船度彼岸」而下句作「乘舡者除漏」,四本於下句作「船」。若從四本則上下句同字,底本則一作船、一作舡。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

讀法:三個喻並列時,先看它們配得齊不齊

散文接著把船喻拆開:「如船度水,非初非後於一剎那作四事,捨此岸、除漏、到彼岸、度物」〔T32 457b03–04〕。

然後配:「如捨此岸,如是智分別苦」〔T32 457b04–05〕——捨此岸配苦,除漏配斷集,度彼岸配證滅,以船度物配修道。四事四諦,一一對上。

第二個喻來了:「如燈共生,於一剎那不初不後作四事,如小燈炷、除闇、令油消、令光明起」〔T32 457b06–08〕。

四事也出了——小燈炷、除闇、令油消、令光明起。可是配沒有。論主說完這四事,直接跳到第三個喻。

第三個喻:「如日共生,非初非後於一剎那作四事,令現色、除闇、令滅寒、令起光明」〔T32 457b08–10〕,隨後配上:「如令現色,如是智分別苦」〔T32 457b10〕——現色配苦,除闇配斷集,滅寒配證滅,起光明配修道。末以一句收:「如日,如是聖智」〔T32 457b12〕。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到論主一連給幾個譬喻,先不要急著讀每一個喻的意思,先看它們的『配』齊不齊——有的喻配到底,有的喻只出事而不出配。

照這個去數本段:船配了、燈沒配、日配了。而燈喻在字面上還有一處與另二喻不同——另二喻作「非初非後」,燈喻獨作「不初不後」〔T32 457b07〕。

同一組三喻,燈喻兩處都是那個例外。本編照錄不代配、不代齊。

一喻兩用:一腳出與兩腳出

一問之後,論主要辨的是:分別諦究竟屬性除智還是屬道智。

他先說性除智的一邊:先說性除智一邊而收於「是故以性除智成分別諦」〔T32 457b25〕;再說道智一邊而收於「是故唯以道智成分別諦」〔T32 457b27–28〕。

而斷這一結用的是一個喻,且同一個喻用了兩次

「如人從燒城出,脚跨門閫。從城已出一脚,是時未名出」〔T32 457b28–29〕——這是性除智:已經動了,還沒出去。

「如人從所燒城,兩脚已出,是時名出燒城」〔T32 457c02–03〕——這是道智:兩腳都出,才叫出。

「燒城」在本論只三見,三見都在這裡;「門閫」只出現這一次。

一個喻,靠分位之別分繫二智——不是換喻來分,是同一個喻走到不同的一步。這與 12-04 那個燈焰喻(起邊一用、滅邊一用)是同一種手法。

停一停:同一句結論為什麼出現兩次,而中間夾著另一句?

現在該停下來看一件字面上的事。

「以性除智成分別諦」這一句,在這一節出現兩次(457b25·457c04–05);而在兩次之間,還夾著一句「是故唯以道智成分別諦」〔T32 457b27–28〕。讀下來,前後三句的歸屬並不相同——一句歸性除智,一句歸道智,然後又一句歸性除智。

停下來問:同一節之內,為什麼結論來回兩處?

本段答不了。可核的是三件事:「分別諦」在本論十五見,本段就佔六見;三句所歸不同;而論文既不注明其層次,也不以「復次」「復說」之外的任何語詞標明何者為正。(節中確有一個「復說」〔T32 457b20〕,而它領起的正是性除智那一支,且不出說者是誰。)

本編照錄不代判。不替論主判哪一句是定說,也不把三句排成層次。

不過這一節的推路本身是清楚的,值得順一遍——因為它正是論主要辯的那件事。

第一問問的是:既說「如實現見苦」而又說「一智非初非後分別四諦」,這兩句怎麼並存〔T32 457b13–14〕?緊接一句設難:「若不見苦,四顛倒生」〔T32 457b14〕。

答文先退一步,說見苦不是一下就滿的:「於生滅智,是時未成見苦滿」;要一直到如實見諸行過患、從諸行相令起心於無行成度,「是處見苦漏,到最後故」〔T32 457b19–20〕。見苦之滿,判在「到最後」三個字上。

然後論主給性除智記一功:性除智從行相起而成度無行、成度泥洹,由是得定心;不得定則奢摩他、毘婆舍那不生,菩提法亦不滿——所以說以性除智成分別諦。

再然後他把功轉給道智:從性除智無間而道智生,這時候於泥洹得定;心既得定,奢摩他、毘婆舍那乃起,菩提分法乃滿——所以說「唯以道智成分別諦」〔T32 457b27–28〕。

一個「唯」字下去,前一句就被收窄了。而燒城之喻正好接在這裡:一腳出的還不算出,兩腳出的才算。喻是為這一「唯」字設的。

可是喻說完之後,論主又回到「是故以性除智成分別諦」〔T32 457c04–05〕。這一句是本節的末一句結論,而它與那個「唯」字不同向。

可核的就到這裡為止。本編只記其形,不代其判。

一列一百四十字,三十二個「義」

末後是本段最長的一列:「分別諦者何義?答:四聖諦於一剎那說和合,名分別諦」〔T32 457c05–06〕,接著「於此時道智和合依義,諸根成平等不動義、力義、乘義」〔T32 457c06–07〕一路排下去,末以「醍醐最後義,泥洹最後平等義」〔T32 457c14〕收。

這一列一百四十字,其中「義」字三十二見。(逐字實測。)

而論主不出總數,也不逐目別釋。他只把三十二個「某某義」一口氣排完,然後轉身收段。

這與 12-08 那個「七組列名而總數不出」是同一種處理,也與 12-06 那個「菩提品所起之目不出總數」同。品十二一路走來,論主凡遇長列多半只列不數。本編照錄不代數。

這一列的形值得再看一眼。它不是三十二個並列的名相,而是一串「某某是某某義」——諸根是平等·不動·力·乘義,菩提分是因義,道分是令住義,念處是勝義,正勤是便義,如意足是實義……一直到醍醐是最後義、泥洹是最後平等義。

左邊是修道所立的名目,右邊是它們在道智和合時各自擔的那一分。同一個「和合」,從三十二個角度各說一句。論主不總結、不歸類,也不說這三十二分之間有沒有次第。

而這一列所收的位置也該記:它緊接在「四聖諦於一剎那說和合,名分別諦」之後〔T32 457c05–06〕。前一句給「分別諦」下界說,後一列就把「和合」二字攤開。界說一句,展開三十二句——本段最短的一句與最長的一列,恰好前後相接。

末四字

「坐禪人如是現智,如是現見斷三結,所謂身見、疑、戒取,及彼相應煩惱」〔T32 457c14–16〕。

斷三結——身見、疑、戒取。論主不加一句按語,逐一之釋留給下一段。

而這一句的位置值得記:前面剛排完三十二個「義」,一轉身只給三個名字,連「所以」都不說一個。最長的一列與最短的一結,中間沒有過門。「身見、疑」四字連書,全論只出現這一次;「戒取」全論四見,其餘三見要到 12-15 才復出。照錄。


帶走三件:一個所見——三喻各作四事而配四諦者唯二〔T32 457b03–457b12〕:船喻配、日喻配、燈喻只出四事而無配;且燈喻在字面上亦獨作「不初不後」而另二喻作「非初非後」(此語全論四見皆在本段)。一個讀法——遇一連數喻,先看它們的『配』齊不齊;有的喻配到底,有的只出事而不出配,那個例外值得單記。一處停問——「以性除智成分別諦」在本節兩見(T32 457b25·457c04–05)而其間夾一「唯以道智成分別諦」〔T32 457b27–28〕,三句所歸不同而論文不標層次;節中之「復說」〔T32 457b20〕亦不出說者。照錄不代判。

還有三件小事該記著:引偈之式作「如譬喻偈所說」〔T32 457a29〕(全論唯一見)——較 12-06 之「如偈所說」多出類名而仍不出書名燒城一喻兩用(一腳出喻性除智、兩腳出喻道智(T32 457b28–29·457c02–03));道智和合之諸義一列一百四十字、「義」字三十二見而總數不出、逐目不釋〔T32 457c06–457c14〕。

Disposition-removing knowledge has closed, and the threshold is crossed: “Immediately and in sequence after disposition knowledge, one presently knows suffering, presently abandons arising, presently realizes cessation, and presently cultivates the path. Stream-enterer path knowledge and all awakening dhammas arise” 〔T32 457a24–25〕.

The central observation comes first: the passage establishes three similes for “performing four acts in a single instant”—boat, lamp, and sun. All three give four acts, but only the boat and sun similes each receive four correspondences pairing one act with one truth. The lamp gives its four acts and receives no correspondence. Three similes, only two matched.

One Knowledge, One Instant, Four Acts

The author states the characteristic of path knowledge in one sentence: “In one instant and with one knowledge, neither first nor later, the meditator distinguishes the Four Truths” 〔T32 457a27〕.

The Chinese phrase 非初非後 (“neither first nor later”) occurs four times in the treatise, all four in this passage. It blocks one reading: that the Four Truths are seen one after another. The author instead speaks of one knowledge, one instant, and four simultaneous acts.

A verse is then cited: “As the simile verse says” 〔T32 457a29〕—“Like a person leaving this shore and crossing by boat to the farther shore” 〔T32 457b01〕; “there carrying things across, the person riding the boat removes its leaks” 〔T32 457b02〕.

The citation formula deserves notice. The long verse in 12-06 is introduced only by “as the verse says”; here three more Chinese graphs appear, producing “as the simile verse says.” The expression “simile verse” occurs once in the treatise. What is added is the class of the cited text; a work title is still absent. This is recorded without identifying its source.

(One critical note occurs here. The first verse line uses one Chinese graph for “boat,” while the second uses a variant graph in “the person riding the boat removes its leaks”; four witnesses use the first graph in the second line as well. Following those witnesses makes the two lines uniform; the base uses two forms. Both are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base.)

Reading Practice: When Several Similes Stand Together, First See Whether Their Correspondences Are Complete

The prose next unpacks the boat simile: “Like a boat crossing water, it performs four acts in a single instant, neither first nor later: leaving this shore, removing leaks, reaching the farther shore, and carrying things across” 〔T32 457b03–04〕.

Then comes the matching: “As leaving this shore, so knowledge distinguishes suffering” 〔T32 457b04–05〕—leaving this shore matches suffering; removing leaks matches abandoning arising; crossing to the farther shore matches realizing cessation; carrying things by boat matches cultivating the path. Four acts and four truths correspond one by one.

The second simile arrives: “Like a lamp arising together, it performs four acts in a single instant, not first and not later: it has a small wick, dispels darkness, makes the oil diminish, and causes light to arise” 〔T32 457b06–08〕.

Its four acts are given—a small wick, dispelling darkness, diminishing oil, and producing light. But no correspondences follow. After stating them, the author moves directly to the third simile.

The third simile says: “Like the sun arising together, it performs four acts in a single instant, neither first nor later: it makes forms visible, dispels darkness, removes cold, and causes light to arise” 〔T32 457b08–10〕. The matching then follows: “As making forms visible, so knowledge distinguishes suffering” 〔T32 457b10〕—making forms visible matches suffering; dispelling darkness matches abandoning arising; removing cold matches realizing cessation; producing light matches cultivating the path. One sentence closes the series: “As the sun, so is noble knowledge” 〔T32 457b12〕.

The reading practice delivered here is simple: when the author gives several similes in sequence, do not first rush to interpret each image; first see whether their correspondences are complete. Some similes are matched all the way through, while another may state only the acts without matching them.

Count them here: the boat is matched, the lamp is not, and the sun is matched. The lamp also differs in one visible expression: the other two use 非初非後 (“neither first nor later”), while the lamp alone uses 不初不後 (“not first and not later”) 〔T32 457b07〕.

Within the same set of three similes, the lamp is the exception in both places. This edition does not supply correspondences or standardize the wording.

One Simile Used Twice: One Foot Out and Both Feet Out

After one question, the author distinguishes whether the truths belong to disposition-removing knowledge or to path knowledge.

He first gives the disposition-removing side and closes, “therefore the truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge” 〔T32 457b25〕. He next gives the path-knowledge side and closes, “therefore the truths are distinguished only through path knowledge” 〔T32 457b27–28〕.

The distinction is made with one simile used twice:

“It is like a person leaving a burning city with one foot across the threshold. One foot has already left the city, but at that time the person is not yet said to have left” 〔T32 457b28–29〕. This is disposition-removing knowledge: movement has begun, but the person is not yet outside.

“It is like a person leaving a burning city with both feet already outside. Only then is the person said to have left the burning city” 〔T32 457c02–03〕. This is path knowledge: only when both feet are outside is one said to have left.

The Chinese expression for “burning city” occurs three times in the treatise, all three here; “threshold” occurs only once.

One simile is assigned to two knowledges by a difference of position—the author does not change similes to distinguish them, but moves the same simile to a different step. This is the same method as the lamp-flame simile in 12-04, used once on the arising side and once on the cessation side.

Pause: Why Does the Same Conclusion Occur Twice with a Different Conclusion Between Them?

Now pause over a matter of wording.

The sentence “the truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge” occurs twice in this section (457b25·457c04–05). Between those two occurrences stands “therefore the truths are distinguished only through path knowledge” 〔T32 457b27–28〕. Read in sequence, the three conclusions have different subjects: one belongs to disposition-removing knowledge, one to path knowledge, and then another again to disposition-removing knowledge.

Why does one section move back and forth between the same conclusion?

This passage cannot answer. Three facts can be checked: “distinguishing the truths” occurs fifteen times in the treatise, six in this passage; the three statements do not have the same subject; and the text does not mark their levels or identify a definitive statement with anything beyond “again it is said.” (The section does contain one “again it is said” 〔T32 457b20〕, and it introduces precisely the disposition-removing branch, without naming who says it.)

This edition records without adjudication. It does not decide which sentence is definitive or arrange the three as levels.

The reasoning path in the section is nevertheless clear and worth following, because it is exactly the matter under debate.

The first question asks how “seeing suffering in accordance with reality” can stand together with “one knowledge, neither first nor later, distinguishes the Four Truths” 〔T32 457b13–14〕. The objection immediately follows: “If suffering is not seen, the four distortions arise” 〔T32 457b14〕.

The answer first steps back and says that seeing suffering is not fulfilled at once: “At the time of knowledge of arising and cessation, fullness in seeing suffering has not yet been accomplished.” Only when one sees the danger in formations in accordance with reality, arouses the mind from their characteristic, and crosses to the unformed is “the leak in seeing suffering reached, because one has reached the end” 〔T32 457b19–20〕. The fulfillment of seeing suffering rests on the three Chinese graphs meaning “reached the end.”

The author then credits disposition-removing knowledge: it rises from the characteristic of formations, crosses to the unformed and Nibbāna, and thereby obtains a concentrated mind. If concentration is not obtained, serenity and insight do not arise and the awakening dhammas do not become full. Therefore he says the truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge.

Next he transfers the credit to path knowledge. Path knowledge arises immediately after disposition-removing knowledge, and at that time concentration upon Nibbāna is obtained. Once the mind is concentrated, serenity and insight arise and the awakening factors reach fulfillment. Therefore the text says, “the truths are distinguished only through path knowledge” 〔T32 457b27–28〕.

The single “only” narrows the preceding statement. The burning-city simile appears precisely here: one foot outside is not yet leaving, while both feet outside are. The simile serves that word “only.”

Yet after the simile, the author returns to “therefore the truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge” 〔T32 457c04–05〕. This is the section’s final conclusion, and it moves in a different direction from “only.”

The checkable evidence ends there. This edition records the form without supplying a judgment.

A List of 140 Chinese Characters with Thirty-Two Occurrences of “Meaning”

The passage’s longest list comes last: “What does distinguishing the truths mean? Answer: When the Four Noble Truths are said to be united in a single instant, that is called distinguishing the truths” 〔T32 457c05–06〕. It continues from “At this time, path knowledge is united and has the meaning of reliance; the faculties acquire the meanings of equality, immovability, strength, and conveyance” 〔T32 457c06–07〕 all the way to “ghee has the meaning of finality; Nibbāna has the meaning of final equality” 〔T32 457c14〕.

This list contains 140 Chinese characters, thirty-two of which are the graph (“meaning”). The count was measured directly.

The author does not state the total or explain each member individually. He gives thirty-two “has the meaning of” phrases in a single run and then closes the section.

This is the same handling as the seven named groups without a total in 12-08 and the unnamed total of the awakening items in 12-06. As Chapter Twelve proceeds, its long lists are generally listed but not counted. This edition does not supply a number.

The list’s form deserves another look. It is not simply thirty-two parallel nouns, but a sequence of “this has the meaning of that.” The faculties have the meanings of equality, immovability, strength, and conveyance; awakening factors have the meaning of cause; path factors the meaning of establishing; establishments of mindfulness the meaning of excellence; right efforts the meaning of means; bases of success the meaning of actuality—and so on until ghee has the meaning of finality and Nibbāna the meaning of final equality.

On the left are the named factors of the path; on the right is the share each bears when path knowledge is united. One “union” is spoken from thirty-two angles. The author neither summarizes nor classifies them, and does not state whether they form a sequence.

The list’s position also matters: it immediately follows “When the Four Noble Truths are said to be united in a single instant, that is called distinguishing the truths” 〔T32 457c05–06〕. One sentence defines “distinguishing the truths”; the following list unfolds the word “united.” One defining sentence, thirty-two unfolding expressions—the shortest definition and the longest list stand together.

The Final Four Characters

“Presently knowing and presently seeing in this way, the meditator abandons three fetters—identity view, doubt, and grasping at precepts—together with the defilements associated with them” 〔T32 457c14–16〕.

Three fetters are abandoned—identity view, doubt, and grasping at precepts. The author adds no comment, leaving their individual explanations to the next passage.

The sentence’s position deserves notice. Immediately after thirty-two occurrences of “meaning,” the text turns and gives only three names, without even saying “therefore.” The longest list and shortest close have no transition between them. The joined Chinese string for “identity view, doubt” occurs only once in the treatise. The expression for grasping at precepts occurs four times, the other three not appearing until 12-15. This is recorded as it stands.


Take away three things. One observation: three similes each perform four acts, but only two are matched to the Four Truths 〔T32 457b03–457b12〕: the boat is matched, the sun is matched, and the lamp gives four acts without correspondences. The lamp also alone has 不初不後 (“not first and not later”), while the other two use 非初非後 (“neither first nor later”); all four occurrences of the latter phrase in the treatise are here. One reading practice: when several similes come in sequence, first see whether their correspondences are complete; a simile matched all the way through and one stating only acts are handled differently, and the exception deserves separate notice. One pause: “the truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge” occurs twice in this section (T32 457b25·457c04–05), with “the truths are distinguished only through path knowledge” between them 〔T32 457b27–28〕. The three statements have different subjects, but the text marks no levels; “again it is said” 〔T32 457b20〕 also names no speaker. This edition records without adjudication.

Three smaller matters deserve notice: the verse is introduced by “as the simile verse says” 〔T32 457a29〕, an expression occurring once in the treatise—it adds a class name to 12-06’s “as the verse says” but still gives no work title. One burning-city simile is used twice—one foot outside for disposition-removing knowledge, both feet outside for path knowledge (T32 457b28–29·457c02–03). Finally, the list of meanings united in path knowledge contains 140 Chinese characters and thirty-two occurrences of the graph , but states no total and explains no item separately 〔T32 457c06–457c14〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Path Knowledge Distinguishes the Four Truths in a Single Instant · Exposition · Summer 2026

三結與須陀洹果The Three Fetters and the Fruit of Stream-Entry

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

12-09 末了四個字:斷三結——身見、疑、戒取〔T32 457c14–16〕。本段就把這三個逐一拆開。

先把所見說在前頭:上一段列名時第三結作「戒取」,本段之問與其釋一律作「戒盜」。同一結,前後兩段兩個名。而這不是孤例——本段四目的收句也是三個形,論主一路走來凡立一組,總在其中留一處不齊。

三結逐一,而收句三形

身見的釋最長:「問:云何身見?答:於此無聞凡夫見色為我,我有色、色為我所,於色我」〔T32 457c16–17〕——一陰四句,五陰各四,共二十句。

收處是:「此謂身見。此身已斷,彼斷故六十二見亦斷,為身見所初六十二見」〔T32 457c19–20〕。

六十二見在本論只出現這兩次,兩次都在這一句裡。而論主只說它以身見為初,不列其目。照錄不代補。

疑的釋是一串「或」:「問:云何疑?答:或於苦、或於集、或於滅、或於道、或於佛法僧」〔T32 457c20–21〕,「或初邊或後邊、或初後邊疑,或於因緣所起法彼疑惑,此謂疑。彼亦斷」〔T32 457c22–23〕。

戒盜的釋分二種:「問:云何戒盜?答:戒盜二種,渴愛及癡」〔T32 457c23–24〕。

而這兩種各以其人立。渴愛戒盜是用自語出的:「我以此戒、以此行、以此苦行、以此梵行,我當上天,我皆當生一一天處。此謂渴愛戒盜」〔T32 457c24–26〕——一連五個「我」字,是那個人自己的話。癡戒盜是用他人出的:「從此外沙門婆羅門,以戒、以清淨、以清淨戒行,彼如是見。此謂癡戒盜。彼亦斷」〔T32 457c26–28〕——換成第三人稱看過去。

一個從裡面說,一個從外面說。論主不加按語。

第四目:「問:云何彼一處住煩惱?答:彼令往惡趣,婬欲瞋恚癡,此謂彼一處住煩惱亦斷」〔T32 457c28–458a01〕。

現在把四個收句並排:

身見作「此身已斷」〔457c19〕;疑作「彼亦斷」〔457c23〕;癡戒盜作「彼亦斷」〔457c28〕;一處住煩惱只作「亦斷」〔457c28–458a01〕。

四目而收句三形。照錄不代齊。

讀法:同一件事在相鄰兩段換了名,先各記其位再說

現在回到所見。

12-09 末列三結,第三結作「戒取」〔T32 457c16〕。本段之問與其釋一律作「戒盜」(457c23·457c24·457c26·457c28)。

實測:「戒盜」在本論九見,本段四見;「戒取」在本論四見,除 12-09 那一見外,其餘三見要到 12-15 才復出(460a20·460b21·460b22)。而 12-15 那一段裡「戒盜」也還出現〔460a15〕——二名在全論之中並行到底,不是一段換一段。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到同一件事在相鄰兩處換了名,先不要斷定哪個是正名,先把兩個名各出幾次、各在哪裡,都記下來。記完了,才知道這是譯筆的一時之異,還是二名並行的通例。

照這個去記本論:二名並行,而且並行到書末。本編照錄不代齊、不代擇一。

停一停:向地三個名字,哪一個是它?

須陀洹果一節,有一處值得停。

「未得須陀洹,住須陀洹向地,或第八地,或見地」〔T32 458a01–03〕——一個地位,三個名字,中間以「或」字連。其下還接一句「或定從兩起轉慧」。

停下來問:這三個名字是同一個地位的三種說法,還是三個不同的地位?

本段答不了。可核的只有兩件事:三名以「或」字連下;論文不判其同異,也不逐名別釋。而全段末了只給一句總語:「此須陀洹道智總語言」〔T32 458a03〕——一句總語收三名,而不分疏。

本編照錄不代判。

(同一節之內還有一處只列不數:後分心所觀者五——「觀道、觀果、觀泥洹,觀已斷煩惱。觀餘煩惱,此謂須陀洹」〔T32 458a07–08〕。五觀逐一列而總數不出,其處理同前數段之長列。照錄不代數。)

第三種引偈之式

段末以偈作結,而引式是新的:「入法流聖通達慧,開醍醐門住。是故說此偈」〔T32 458a12–13〕。

把三處並排:

12-06 那個三十九行的長偈,引式作「如偈所說」〔T32 456a08〕。

12-09 那個船喻之偈,引式作「如譬喻偈所說」〔T32 457a29〕。

本段這個偈,引式作「是故說此偈」〔T32 458a13〕。

三處三形。而三形之中,前二形是「引」(如某某所說),本段這一形是「說」(是故說此偈)——前二形把偈推給別處,本形不推。至於它是不是論主自作,論文不言,本編亦不代判。

(「是故說此偈」在本論二見,另一見在下一段〔T32 458c08〕。)

偈本身很短:「於地一國王,於天堂一王」〔T32 458a14〕,「領一切世間,須陀洹果勝」〔T32 458a15〕。

三件比,一句斷。地上的王、天上的王、領一切世間——三者都擺出來,然後一句「須陀洹果勝」。論主不解釋為什麼勝。

而所比的那三件,次序是由小而大:一國之王、一天之王、領一切世間。到最大的那一件擺完,才把須陀洹果放上去。三件不是隨手舉的,是一級一級加上去的。論主只把梯子搭到最高一級,然後一句斷完就走。

果之相,論主給的是一串「已」與「入」

回頭看須陀洹果那一節的用語,也值得記一筆。

論主寫這個果,用的不是境界的形容,是一串動作:作證成向〔T32 458a01〕、三結斷故,作無為事〔T32 458a04〕、觀道、觀果、觀泥洹,觀已斷煩惱。觀餘煩惱〔T32 458a07–08〕。

然後才是一組近乎讚辭的話:「是世尊胸生、口生、法生、法所造」〔T32 458a09〕,「此謂見具足善。修行通達聖法,至醍醐門住,見具足到此妙法」〔T32 458a10–11〕,末以「入法流聖通達慧,開醍醐門住」〔T32 458a12–13〕收。

「見具足」在本論四見,本段佔二見;「醍醐門」在本論四見,本段亦佔二見。兩個詞在這一節裡各出現兩次,一次說「至」、一次說「開」——至門而住,開門而住,一字之差。照錄不代判。

值得留意的是次序:動作在前,讚辭在後。論主先把這個果做了什麼一件一件說完,才說它是什麼。而說它是什麼時,用的又是「從世尊而生」這一路的話,不是自立一個名相。本編只記其形。


帶走三件:一個所見——同一結,12-09 列名作「戒取」而本段之問與釋一律作「戒盜」(T32 457c16 對 457c23–28);實測二名於全論並行到書末(「戒盜」九見·「戒取」四見,12-15 二名同段並出)。一個讀法——遇同一件事在相鄰兩處換名,先各記其數與其位,再判是一時之異還是並行之例一處停問——須陀洹向地三名以「或」字連下而論文不判其同異、不逐名別釋〔T32 458a01–03〕,末只以一句總語收之〔T32 458a03〕:三名是一地之三說,還是三地?照錄不代判。

還有三件小事該記著:四目而收句三形(此身已斷/彼亦斷二見/亦斷);戒盜二種各以其人立——渴愛以自語出、癡以他人出〔T32 457c24–28〕;引偈之式至此三形(如偈所說/如譬喻偈所說/是故說此偈),而本形不推給別處〔T32 458a13〕。

The preceding passage ended with four words: abandon three fetters—identity view, doubt, and 戒取, “grasping-at-precept” 〔T32 457c14–16〕. This passage takes the three apart one by one.

The central observation comes first: when the preceding passage names the third fetter, it uses 戒取 (“grasping-at-precept”); the question and explanation here consistently use 戒盜 (“theft-of-precept”). One fetter, two names in adjacent passages. This is not an isolated unevenness: the four explanations here also close in three forms. As the author builds a set, he repeatedly leaves one place uneven within it.

Three Fetters One by One, with Three Forms of Closing

The identity-view explanation is longest: “Question: What is identity view? Answer: In this matter, an uninstructed ordinary person sees form as self, self as possessing form, form as belonging to self, and self as being in form” 〔T32 457c16–17〕. One aggregate receives four statements; five aggregates receive twenty.

It closes: “This is called identity view. This identity view has been abandoned. Because it has been abandoned, the sixty-two views are also abandoned, for identity view is the beginning of the sixty-two views” 〔T32 457c19–20〕.

The sixty-two views occur only twice in the treatise, both in this one sentence. The author says only that identity view is their beginning and does not list them. This edition does not supply the list.

The explanation of doubt is a chain of “or”: “Question: What is doubt? Answer: One may doubt suffering, arising, cessation, or path; the Buddha, Dhamma, or Sangha” 〔T32 457c20–21〕; “the initial boundary, final boundary, or initial-and-final boundary; or one may be uncertain about dhammas arisen through causes and conditions. This is called doubt. It too is abandoned” 〔T32 457c22–23〕.

The explanation of 戒盜 divides it in two: “Question: What is 戒盜 (‘theft-of-precept’)? Answer: 戒盜 is of two kinds—craving and delusion” 〔T32 457c23–24〕.

Each kind is presented through the person who holds it. Craving 戒盜 is spoken from within, in the first person: “Through this precept, this practice, this ascetic practice, and this holy life, I shall ascend to heaven; I shall be born in every heavenly abode. This is called craving 戒盜” 〔T32 457c24–26〕. The source uses the graph for “I” five times in succession; these are that person’s own words. Delusion 戒盜 is described from outside, in the third person: “Other ascetics and brahmins hold this view through precepts, purity, and the practice of pure precepts. This is called delusion 戒盜. It too is abandoned” 〔T32 457c26–28〕.

One is spoken from within, the other observed from outside. The author adds no comment.

The fourth item says: “Question: What are the defilements dwelling in that one place? Answer: Sensual desire, ill will, and delusion cause one to go to bad destinations. These are called the defilements dwelling in that one place, and they too are abandoned” 〔T32 457c28–458a01〕.

Now place the four closing sentences side by side:

Identity view has “this identity view has been abandoned” 〔457c19〕; doubt has “it too is abandoned” 〔457c23〕; delusion 戒盜 has “it too is abandoned” 〔457c28〕; the defilements dwelling in one place have only “too are abandoned” 〔457c28–458a01〕.

Four items, three forms of closing. This edition records without making them uniform.

Reading Practice: When One Thing Changes Names in Adjacent Passages, Record Each Position Before Deciding

Return now to the central observation.

At the end of 12-09, the third fetter is named 戒取 (“grasping-at-precept”) 〔T32 457c16〕. The question and explanation here consistently use 戒盜 (“theft-of-precept”) (457c23·457c24·457c26·457c28).

A measured count finds that 戒盜 occurs nine times in the treatise, four here; 戒取 occurs four times, and after the occurrence in 12-09 its other three do not return until 12-15 (460a20·460b21·460b22). Yet 戒盜 also occurs in 12-15 〔460a15〕. The two names continue in parallel through the treatise; one passage does not simply replace the other.

The reading practice delivered here is this: when the same thing changes names in adjacent places, do not first decide which is correct. Record how often each name occurs and where. Only then can one see whether the difference is momentary or whether two names run in parallel.

Recorded in this way, the two names run in parallel all the way to the end of the work. This edition neither makes them uniform nor chooses one.

Pause: Three Names for the Ground Directed Toward Stream-Entry—Which One Is It?

One place in the stream-entry section deserves a pause.

“Not yet having attained stream-entry, one dwells on the ground directed toward stream-entry, or the eighth ground, or the ground of seeing” 〔T32 458a01–03〕. One position receives three names joined by the word “or.” The text adds, “or concentration definitively gives rise to turning wisdom from two.”

Pause and ask: are these three names three ways of speaking about one position, or three different positions?

This passage cannot answer. Only two facts can be checked: the three names are joined by “or”; the treatise neither adjudicates whether they agree nor explains them separately. The entire passage later gives only one general closing: “This is the general statement-with-words of stream-enterer path knowledge” 〔T32 458a03〕. One general statement gathers three names without dividing them.

This edition records without adjudication.

(The same section contains one more uncounted list. The subsequent mind contemplates five things: “it contemplates the path, the fruit, Nibbāna, the defilements already abandoned, and the remaining defilements. This is called a stream-enterer” 〔T32 458a07–08〕. Five contemplations are named one by one without a stated total, as in the long lists of the preceding passages. The number is not supplied.)

The Third Form of Introducing a Verse

The passage closes with a verse, but its introductory formula is new: “One enters the stream of Dhamma, has wisdom penetrating the noble, opens the gate of ghee, and abides. Therefore this verse is spoken” 〔T32 458a12–13〕.

Place the three passages side by side:

The thirty-nine-line verse in 12-06 is introduced by “as the verse says” 〔T32 456a08〕.

The boat-simile verse in 12-09 is introduced by “as the simile verse says” 〔T32 457a29〕.

This passage’s verse is introduced by “therefore this verse is spoken” 〔T32 458a13〕.

Three places, three forms. The first two are citations—“as such-and-such says”—while this form says “spoken” and does not push the verse elsewhere. Whether the author composed it is not stated, and this edition does not decide.

(“Therefore this verse is spoken” occurs twice in the treatise, the other occurrence in the next passage 〔T32 458c08〕.)

The verse itself is short: “A king of one country upon earth, a king in one heaven” 〔T32 458a14〕; “one ruling the whole world—the fruit of stream-entry surpasses them” 〔T32 458a15〕.

Three comparisons, one judgment. A king of one earthly country, a king in one heaven, and one ruling the whole world are set out; then the single sentence “the fruit of stream-entry surpasses them.” The author does not explain why.

The three objects of comparison move from smaller to greater: ruler of one country, ruler of one heaven, ruler of the whole world. Only after the greatest is stated does the fruit of stream-entry appear. The three are not random examples but steps added one after another. The author builds the ladder to its highest rung and ends with one judgment.

The Fruit Is Described through a Chain of “Already” and “Entering”

The language of the stream-entry section also deserves notice.

The author describes the fruit not with qualities of a state, but with a series of acts: one becomes directed toward realization 〔T32 458a01〕; because the three fetters have been abandoned, one makes the unconditioned the matter 〔T32 458a04〕; and one contemplates the path, the fruit, Nibbāna, the defilements already abandoned, and the remaining defilements 〔T32 458a07–08〕.

Only then comes language resembling praise: “one is born from the Blessed One’s breast, born from his mouth, born from the Dhamma, and created by the Dhamma” 〔T32 458a09〕; “this is called goodness complete in view. Practicing and penetrating the noble dhamma, one reaches the gate of ghee and abides; complete in view, one reaches this wondrous dhamma” 〔T32 458a10–11〕. It closes, “one enters the stream of Dhamma, has wisdom penetrating the noble, opens the gate of ghee, and abides” 〔T32 458a12–13〕.

The Chinese expression for “complete in view” occurs four times in the treatise, twice here. “Gate of ghee” also occurs four times, twice here. Each occurs twice within this section, once with “reaches” and once with “opens”: reaches the gate and abides; opens the gate and abides. The one-graph difference is recorded without adjudication.

The order is worth noting: acts come first, praise afterward. The author first states one by one what this fruit does, and only then what it is. Even then, he uses language of being born from the Blessed One rather than establishing another technical name. This edition records the form.


Take away three things. One observation: one fetter is called 戒取 (“grasping-at-precept”) in the list at the end of 12-09, while the question and explanation here consistently call it 戒盜 (“theft-of-precept”) (T32 457c16 versus 457c23–28). A measured count shows the two names running in parallel to the end of the work (戒盜 nine occurrences; 戒取 four; both occur in 12-15). One reading practice: when one thing changes names in adjacent passages, first record the number and position of each name before deciding whether the difference is momentary or a parallel usage. One pause: the ground directed toward stream-entry receives three names joined by “or,” but the treatise neither adjudicates their relation nor explains them separately 〔T32 458a01–03〕; one general statement alone gathers them 〔T32 458a03〕. This edition records without adjudication.

Three smaller matters deserve notice: four explanations close in three forms (“this identity view has been abandoned” / two occurrences of “it too is abandoned” / “too are abandoned”); the two kinds of 戒盜 are each presented through their person—craving in first-person speech, delusion through others 〔T32 457c24–28〕; and the verse-introduction formula has now taken three forms (“as the verse says” / “as the simile verse says” / “therefore this verse is spoken”), with the present form not assigning the verse elsewhere 〔T32 458a13〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Three Fetters and the Fruit of Stream-Entry · Exposition · Summer 2026

諸果進修與聖者類型Further Cultivation of the Fruits and Types of Noble Persons

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

須陀洹果既立,本段一口氣把上三果與諸聖者類型說完,末以一偈作結。

先把所見說在前頭:五種阿那含之中,第三「不行般涅槃」與第四「行般涅槃」,論主給的釋文逐字全同——「無異行,為除殘結使,令起聖道」。這八個字在本論只出現兩次,就是這相鄰的兩處。二名相反而其釋相同。

三段同一個模子,而一句三個形

上三果之進修,論主用的是同一個模子,說了三遍。

斯陀含:「彼坐禪人於此地住,於上作精進,為作斯陀含果證」〔T32 458a16–17〕,「現修行如已見道,依諸根、力、菩提、覺,如是分別諦」〔T32 458a17–19〕。

阿那含那一遍,同一位置作「現修行如見道,依諸根、力、菩提、覺,如是分別諦」〔T32 458a22–23〕。

阿羅漢那一遍,同一位置作「現修行如己見道」〔T32 458a27〕。

「如已見道」「如見道」「如己見道」——三語在本論各只出現這一次,而它們就在同一個模子的同一格上。

三遍同模,而那一格三個形。照錄不代齊。

而三遍所斷之物是逐級細下去的:斯陀含那一遍斷的是「麁欲瞋恚」〔T32 458a19〕,阿那含那一遍斷的是「細欲瞋恚」〔T32 458a24〕,阿羅漢那一遍斷的是「色欲、無色欲、慢調、無明」〔T32 458a28–29〕。麁、細,然後換一批名目。而前二遍各繫「一處住煩惱」作收,末一遍作「餘煩惱無餘斷」。模子同、所斷異,而所斷之異正是三果之別——論主不另立一句說明,只讓那兩個字自己顯出級差。

停一停:求斯陀含果,何以收作「作證須陀洹果」?

第一遍還有一處更該停。

標的是「為作斯陀含果證」〔T32 458a16–17〕——求的是斯陀含;而其收作「向滅斷麁欲瞋恚及彼一處住煩惱,從彼道無間作證須陀洹果」〔T32 458a19–20〕——收的是須陀洹

標與收不相應。求的是斯陀含果,收處卻寫須陀洹果——而須陀洹果上一段已經作證過了。

停下來問:這一處該怎麼讀?

本段答不了。可核的有二件事:底本如此;四本於此作「斯陀含」——若從四本,標與收就相應了,而且與其下二遍(阿那含·阿羅漢皆標收相應)一律。

本編照錄不代改,並錄不判,本文從底本。這一處與下面那個「無異行」是同一類:底本留下一個不合,而校本的異讀恰好能把它抹平。抹不抹,是釋慧鏡的事,不是本編的事。

讀法:二名並列而釋文相同時,先看有沒有異讀

現在看所見那一處。

五種阿那含先列名:「成五阿那含:中間般涅槃、生般涅槃、不行般涅槃、行般涅槃、上流往阿迦尼吒天」〔T32 458b20–22〕。

然後逐一釋。第一、第二各有其實:中間般涅槃是「未至所著無間中間,依壽命時」而起聖道,生般涅槃是「越中壽命……已生」而起聖道。

第三:「不行般涅槃者,無異行,為除殘結使,令起聖道」〔T32 458b25–26〕。

第四:「行般涅槃者,無異行,為除殘結使,令起聖道」〔T32 458b26–27〕。

逐字對一遍——一字不差。名相反(不行/行),釋文全同。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到兩個相反的名底下配著同一段釋文,先不要斷定是傳寫脫誤,先去看那一處有沒有校記。

照這個去查:有。458b26 之「無」,四本作「有」——若從四本,第四目就成「有異行」,二目之釋立刻分開。同處另有一條:宮本無「行」字。

所以這一處與上面那個「須陀洹/斯陀含」是同一種情形:底本自身留著一個對不上,而校本的異讀正好對得上。

本編照錄不代改。不替論主把「無」改成「有」,也不因二釋相同就刪去其一。並錄不判,本文從底本。

阿羅漢:先說做了什麼,再說是什麼

三果既畢,論主用一長段寫阿羅漢。這一段的次序值得順一遍。

先是動作:「彼觀道、觀果泥洹、觀斷煩惱」——與須陀洹那一節的後分心同式;然後「比丘成阿羅漢,滅漏所作、以立置擔、到妙義、斷有結」,接著「正智、解脫、離五分六分、成就一守護、不為死所繫、除餘諦等滅、信覓無濁、思惟猗身,行善解脫、心善解脫」。

這一串全是「已經如何」的話——漏已滅、擔已置、有結已斷、五分六分已離。論主不描寫他的境界,只點他身上已經了結的事。

然後才是名:「此謂除瞋恚者、度岸者、離煩惱者、無結礙者、得聖翻者」〔T32 458b06–08〕,一路列到「令寂者」,末繫一句「是阿羅漢總語言」〔T32 458b10–11〕。

一列名相逐一而下,總數不出。這與 12-08 的七組、12-09 的三十二個「義」同一種處理。照錄不代數。

而這一列的內部也有一件可看的:其中「沙門者、婆羅門者、已浴者、度韋陀者、最上婆羅門者」數目,用的是外道所重之名——論主把這些名一併收在阿羅漢身上,不加分疏、不加簡別。照錄不代判。

三種與五種:根與地

聖者類型一節,論主分二處說。

須陀洹分三種,判在根上:「以三種得見三種須陀洹:一七生、家家須陀洹、一生須陀洹」〔T32 458b12–13〕,「於是鈍根成七生,中根成家家,利根成一生」〔T32 458b13–14〕。

三根對三種,一目不缺。而其下三句各以「作苦邊」收——「作苦邊」在本論四見,四見都在本段:三種須陀洹各一,斯陀含一。同一個收語按在四處,所收之人不同而所至之處同。

阿那含分五種,判卻不在根上而在生處與行:「成五阿那含:中間般涅槃、生般涅槃、不行般涅槃、行般涅槃、上流往阿迦尼吒天」〔T32 458b20–22〕——中間、生、行不行、上流,說的是在哪裡般涅槃、以什麼般涅槃。

同是分種,一組判根、一組判處。論主不說二者何以異判。本編只記其形。

數與所列,本段是明合的

本段還有一件與前數段相反的事值得記。

前面幾段,論主凡遇長列多半只列不數——12-08 的七組、12-09 的三十二個「義」、本段的阿羅漢總語言(自「除瞋恚者」到「令寂者」一路列下〔T32 458b06–458b11〕,總數也不出)。

可是五阿那含這一節,論主自己把數算了出來。

先是五天之壽:「於是不煩天萬劫壽命,不熱天二萬劫壽命」〔T32 458c01–02〕,其下善見四萬、善現八萬、阿迦尼吒十六萬——五級逐級倍增,一級不缺。

然後是人數:「於四地成五五人,於阿迦尼吒四人,無上流人,如是彼成二十四人」〔T32 458c04–05〕。

核一核:四地各五人得二十,阿迦尼吒四人(因為上流已到頂,無處可上),二十加四正得二十四。數與所列明合。

「二十四人」這三個字在本論只出現這一次。在品十二一路「只列不數」的長列之中,這是明合的一處。照錄。

火星入水:一句話說了兩遍

末段說阿羅漢之苦邊,然後「是故說此偈」〔T32 458c08〕——這是本論第二次用這個引式,上一次就在前一段〔T32 458a13〕。

偈四句:「譬如槌打鐵,火星流入水」〔T32 458c09〕,「次第成寂滅,彼趣不可知」〔T32 458c10〕;「如是正解脫,已度欲縛漏」〔T32 458c11〕,「至於無動樂,彼趣不可知」〔T32 458c12〕。

上下二對,而末句同文。上對說火星——打鐵時濺出的火星落進水裡,一個一個滅了,去哪兒不可知;下對說解脫者——度了欲、縛、漏,至於無動之樂,去哪兒不可知。

同一句「彼趣不可知」,一次落在火星上,一次落在人身上。論主不加一字解釋。「槌打鐵」在本論只出現這一次。

而這個喻的分寸也值得記:火星並沒有被說成「沒有了」,只說「次第成寂滅」而其趣不可知。論主止於「不可知」,不進一步說「無」。照錄不代推。

(順帶記一件:本段從頭到尾沒有一個「問」字——與 12-07 同。而它的下一段第一句就是「問:於此有師說」〔T32 458c13〕。)

阿羅漢之苦邊:三句一收

偈之前那幾句也該記。

「阿羅漢已斷一切煩惱無餘故,不成後有因」——這是一句;「因無故,阿羅漢已免壽形命」——這是二句;「行滅此苦斷,不起餘苦,此謂苦邊」〔T32 458c07–08〕——這是三句。

三句成一條線:無餘斷 → 無後有因 → 免壽形命 → 苦邊。每一句都以前一句為據,而全條線上沒有一個譬喻、沒有一句形容。論主把「苦邊」這個名字擺在最後一格,前面三格全是理由。

而偈接在這一格之後——理由說盡,才給一個喻。這個次序與阿羅漢那一長段是同一種:先把可說的說完,最後才留一個不可說的(彼趣不可知)。本編只記其形,不代論文說其故。


帶走三件:一個所見——五阿那含之第三第四二目,其釋文逐字全同(「無異行,為除殘結使,令起聖道」,此語全論二見即此二處(T32 458b25–26·458b26–27));二名相反而其釋相同一個讀法——遇二名並列而釋文相同,先不斷為傳寫脫誤,先查該處有無校記:本處有——458b26「無」四本作「有」,一從四本則二釋立分。一處停問——第一遍標作「為作斯陀含果證」〔T32 458a16–17〕而其收作「作證須陀洹果」〔T32 458a20〕,標收不相應;四本於此作「斯陀含」。與上一件同類:底本留一不合,而校本異讀恰能抹平。照錄不代改,本文從底本。

還有三件小事該記著:三果進修同模而其一句三形(如已見道/如見道/如己見道,三語各全論唯一見);本段之數與所列明合——五天之壽逐級倍增、四地五五人加阿迦尼吒四人正得二十四〔T32 458c04–05〕,於品十二「只列不數」之通例中為一例外;偈之上下二對同以「彼趣不可知」作結,一落火星、一落解脫者(T32 458c10·458c12)。

With the fruit of stream-entry established, this passage completes in one sweep the three higher fruits and the types of noble persons, then closes with a verse.

Let the central observation be stated first: among the five kinds of non-returner, the treatise gives word-for-word identical explanations for the third, 不行般涅槃 (“Nibbāna without going”), and the fourth, 行般涅槃 (“Nibbāna with going”): “there is no different going; in order to remove the remaining fetters, one causes the noble path to arise.” The Chinese string occurs exactly twice in the treatise, in these two neighboring places. The names are opposites, yet their explanations are identical.

Three Passages Use One Template, but One Sentence Has Three Forms

For further cultivation toward the three higher fruits, the author uses one template three times.

For the once-returner: “The meditator abides on this ground and applies effort to what is above, in order to realize the fruit of once-returning” 〔T32 458a16–17〕, and “In present practice one proceeds 如已見道 (‘as one who has already seen the path’); relying on the faculties, powers, awakening, and factors of awakening, one distinguishes the truths in this way” 〔T32 458a17–19〕.

In the non-returner passage, the same position reads, “In present practice one proceeds 如見道 (‘as seeing the path’); relying on the faculties, powers, awakening, and factors of awakening, one distinguishes the truths in this way” 〔T32 458a22–23〕.

In the arahant passage, the same position reads, “In present practice one proceeds 如己見道 (‘as oneself having seen the path’)” 〔T32 458a27〕.

如已見道, 如見道, and 如己見道: each of these three Chinese forms occurs only once in the treatise, and all three occupy the same slot in a single template.

The template is repeated three times, but that slot has three forms. They are transcribed without being made uniform.

What is abandoned becomes progressively subtler across the three repetitions. In the once-returner passage it is “coarse desire and ill will” 〔T32 458a19〕; in the non-returner passage, “subtle desire and ill will” 〔T32 458a24〕; and in the arahant passage, “desire for form, desire for the formless, conceit, agitation, and ignorance” 〔T32 458a28–29〕. First coarse, then subtle, and then a different set of names. The first two repetitions each close with “the defilements dwelling in one place,” while the last says, “the remaining defilements are abandoned without remainder.” The template is the same, what is abandoned differs, and that very difference distinguishes the three fruits. The author adds no separate explanation, allowing the two Chinese words for “coarse” and “subtle” to show the gradation themselves.

Pause Here: If Once-Returning Is Sought, Why Does the Passage Close with “Realizes the Fruit of Stream-Entry”?

The first repetition contains another place that deserves a pause.

Its heading is “in order to realize the fruit of once-returning” 〔T32 458a16–17〕—what is sought is once-returning. Yet it closes, “tending toward cessation and abandoning coarse desire, ill will, and those defilements dwelling in one place, immediately after that path one realizes the fruit of stream-entry” 〔T32 458a19–20〕—what is realized at the close is stream-entry.

The heading and close do not correspond. The fruit being sought is once-returning, but the close names the fruit of stream-entry—which the preceding passage has already realized.

Pause and ask: how should this place be read?

This passage cannot answer. Two matters can be checked: this is what the base text says; four witnesses read “once-returner” here. If those four witnesses are followed, the heading and close correspond, and the passage becomes uniform with the two repetitions below it, where the headings and closes for non-returner and arahant do correspond.

This edition transcribes the reading and does not alter it. Both readings are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base text. This place and the “there is no different going” below are of one kind: the base text retains a mismatch, while a variant in other witnesses happens to remove it. Whether to remove it belongs to Shi Huijing’s review, not to this edition.

A Reading Method: When Two Names Are Listed but Their Explanations Are the Same, First Check for a Variant

Now consider the central observation.

The five kinds of non-returner are first named: “five kinds of non-returner are constituted: intermediate Nibbāna, Nibbāna upon birth, 不行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna without going’), 行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna with going’), and one who flows upward to the 阿迦尼吒 heaven” 〔T32 458b20–22〕.

They are then explained one by one. The first and second each have their own content: intermediate Nibbāna means that “before reaching the attached interval without interruption, at a point dependent on the lifespan” the noble path arises; Nibbāna upon birth means that “after passing the middle of the lifespan … having been born” the noble path arises.

Third: “One called 不行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna without going’): there is no different going; in order to remove the remaining fetters, one causes the noble path to arise” 〔T32 458b25–26〕.

Fourth: “One called 行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna with going’): there is no different going; in order to remove the remaining fetters, one causes the noble path to arise” 〔T32 458b26–27〕.

Compare them word by word: not one word differs. The names are opposites (不行 / , “without going” / “with going”), but the explanations are identical.

The reading method furnished by this passage is here: when two opposite names are paired with the same explanation, do not immediately decide that a copying error or omission has occurred; first check whether that place carries a critical note.

Following that method, one checks and finds: it does. For the “no” at 458b26, four witnesses read “there is.” If those four witnesses are followed, the fourth item becomes “there is a different going,” and the two explanations immediately diverge. At the same place there is a second note: the Gong witness omits the Chinese graph (“going”).

This place is therefore of the same kind as “stream-enterer / once-returner” above: the base text itself retains a mismatch, while a variant in the other witnesses happens to make it correspond.

This edition transcribes without altering. It does not replace the treatise’s “no” with “there is,” nor does it delete one explanation because the two are identical. Both readings are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base text.

The Arahant: First What Has Been Done, Then What the Person Is

Once the three fruits have been completed, the author describes the arahant in one long passage. Its order is worth following.

First come actions: “one contemplates the path, contemplates the fruit and Nibbāna, and contemplates the abandoned defilements.” This follows the pattern of the subsequent mind in the stream-enterer section. Then, “the bhikkhu becomes an arahant—the influxes are extinguished, what had to be done has been done, one has established oneself and laid down the burden, reached the wondrous meaning, and cut the fetter of existence,” followed by “right knowledge, liberation, departure from the fivefold and sixfold divisions, accomplishment of the one protection, not being bound by death, removal of the remainder, the truths, and equal cessation, seeking faith without turbidity, reflecting and resting the body, being well liberated in conduct, and being well liberated in mind.”

The entire series speaks of what has already happened: the influxes are extinguished, the burden has been laid down, the fetter of existence has been cut, and the fivefold and sixfold divisions have been left behind. The author does not describe the person’s state; he identifies what has been brought to completion.

Only then come the names: “Such a one is called one who has removed ill will, one who has crossed to the shore, one apart from defilements, one without obstructing bonds, one who has attained the noble ” 〔T32 458b06–08〕, and the list continues down to “one who causes stilling,” before closing, “These are the collective designations of an arahant” 〔T32 458b10–11〕.

The designations are listed one after another, but no total is given. This is the same treatment as the seven groups in 12-08 and the thirty-two “meanings” in 12-09. They are transcribed without supplying a count.

There is one further point within the list. Among the names are “ascetic, brahmin, one who has bathed, one who has crossed the Vedas, and the supreme brahmin”—names prized by practitioners outside the Buddhist teaching. The author gathers these names under the arahant without further analysis or differentiation. They are transcribed without adjudication.

Three Kinds and Five Kinds: Faculties and Grounds

The author divides the types of noble person in two places.

Stream-enterers are divided into three kinds, and the criterion is the faculties: “three kinds of stream-enterer are seen in three ways: first, the seven-birth stream-enterer; the family-to-family stream-enterer; and the one-birth stream-enterer” 〔T32 458b12–13〕; “one of dull faculties becomes a seven-birth stream-enterer, one of middling faculties becomes family-to-family, and one of sharp faculties becomes a one-birth stream-enterer” 〔T32 458b13–14〕.

Three faculties correspond to three kinds, with none missing. Each of the three sentences below closes with “makes an end of suffering.” That Chinese phrase occurs four times in the treatise, all four in this passage: once for each of the three kinds of stream-enterer, and once for the once-returner. The same closing expression is applied in four places: the persons differ, but what they reach is the same.

Non-returners are divided into five kinds, yet the criterion is not the faculties but place of birth and going: “five kinds of non-returner are constituted: intermediate Nibbāna, Nibbāna upon birth, 不行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna without going’), 行般涅槃 (‘Nibbāna with going’), and one who flows upward to the 阿迦尼吒 heaven” 〔T32 458b20–22〕. Intermediate, birth, going or not going, and upward flow concern where Nibbāna occurs and by what going.

Both are divisions into kinds, but one group is determined by faculties and the other by place. The author does not say why the two are determined differently. This edition records only their form.

Here, the Number Clearly Agrees with What Is Listed

This passage also contains something opposite to the several preceding passages.

In those passages, when the author meets a long list, he generally lists without counting: the seven groups in 12-08; the thirty-two “meanings” in 12-09; and the collective designations of the arahant in this passage, which run from “one who has removed ill will” to “one who causes stilling” 〔T32 458b06–458b11〕, again without a total.

But in the section on the five non-returners, the author himself gives the count.

First come the lifespans in five heavens: “In this matter, the lifespan in the 不煩 (‘Non-Vexing’) heaven is ten thousand kalpas; in the 不熱 (‘Non-Heating’) heaven, twenty thousand kalpas” 〔T32 458c01–02〕; below these come forty thousand in 善見 (“Good-Seeing”), eighty thousand in 善現 (“Good-Manifestation”), and one hundred sixty thousand in 阿迦尼吒. The five levels double in sequence, with none missing.

Then comes the number of persons: “Across four grounds there are five persons on each; in 阿迦尼吒 there are four persons, for there is no upward-flowing person. Thus they constitute twenty-four persons” 〔T32 458c04–05〕.

Check it: five persons on each of four grounds make twenty; 阿迦尼吒 has four persons because an upward-flowing person has reached the summit and has nowhere higher to go; twenty plus four is exactly twenty-four. The number agrees with what is listed.

The Chinese expression “twenty-four persons” occurs only once in the treatise. Among the long lists in Chapter Twelve that “only list and do not count,” this is one place where the count clearly agrees. It is transcribed as stated.

Sparks Enter Water: One Sentence Said Twice

The final passage describes the arahant’s end of suffering and then says, “Therefore this verse is spoken” 〔T32 458c08〕. This is the treatise’s second use of this formula; the first is in the preceding passage 〔T32 458a13〕.

The four lines say: “Just as a hammer strikes iron, and sparks stream into water” 〔T32 458c09〕; “They come to stillness in sequence; where they go cannot be known” 〔T32 458c10〕; “So too, one rightly liberated, having crossed desire, bonds, and influxes” 〔T32 458c11〕; “Reaches unmoving bliss; where that one goes cannot be known” 〔T32 458c12〕.

There are two pairs, and their final clauses are the same. The upper pair concerns sparks: sparks cast off when iron is struck fall into water, are stilled one after another, and where they go cannot be known. The lower pair concerns the liberated one: having crossed desire, bonds, and influxes, that one reaches unmoving bliss, and where that one goes cannot be known.

The same Chinese sentence, 彼趣不可知 (“where that one goes cannot be known”), is applied once to the sparks and once to a person. The author adds not one word of explanation. “A hammer strikes iron” occurs only once in the treatise.

The restraint of the simile is also worth noting. The sparks are not said to “no longer exist”; the text says only that “they come to stillness in sequence” and their destination cannot be known. The author stops at “cannot be known” and does not go on to say “nonexistent.” It is transcribed without extending the inference.

(One further matter may be recorded: from beginning to end, this passage contains not a single Chinese graph for “question.” In this it is like 12-07. The very first sentence of the next passage is, “Question: Here a teacher says” 〔T32 458c13〕.)

The Arahant’s End of Suffering: Three Statements, One Conclusion

The sentences before the verse should also be retained.

“Because an arahant has abandoned every defilement without remainder, no cause for a later existence is formed”—this is the first statement. “Because there is no cause, the arahant is freed from lifespan, form, and life”—this is the second. “Formations cease, this suffering is cut off, and no further suffering arises; this is called the end of suffering” 〔T32 458c07–08〕—this is the third.

The three statements form one line: abandonment without remainder → no cause for later existence → freedom from lifespan, form, and life → the end of suffering. Each statement takes the preceding one as its basis. Along the whole line there is no simile and no descriptive embellishment. The author places the name “end of suffering” in the final position, while the three positions before it are all reasons.

The verse follows only after that position. The reasons are stated to their end; only then is a simile given. The order resembles the long passage on the arahant: first everything that can be said is said; only at the end is something unknowable left—“where that one goes cannot be known.” This edition records the form without speaking on the author’s behalf about why it is so.


Carry away three things. One observation: the third and fourth items among the five non-returners have word-for-word identical explanations—“there is no different going; in order to remove the remaining fetters, one causes the noble path to arise.” This Chinese sentence occurs exactly twice in the treatise, in these two places (T32 458b25–26·458b26–27). The names are opposites, yet the explanations are the same. One reading method: when two names are listed but their explanations are identical, do not first decide that a copying error or omission has occurred; first check whether the place carries a critical note. Here it does: at 458b26, four witnesses read “there is” for “no,” and following those witnesses immediately separates the two explanations. One place to pause: the first repetition is headed “in order to realize the fruit of once-returning” 〔T32 458a16–17〕, yet it closes with “realizes the fruit of stream-entry” 〔T32 458a20〕. Heading and close do not correspond; four witnesses read “once-returner” here. It is of the same kind as the preceding matter: the base text retains a mismatch, while a variant in the other witnesses happens to remove it. It is transcribed without alteration, and the body follows the base text.

Three smaller matters should also be retained: the three passages for further cultivation use one template while one slot has three forms (如已見道 / 如見道 / 如己見道, each occurring only once in the treatise); the count in this passage agrees with what is listed—the lifespans of the five heavens double in sequence, and five persons on each of four grounds plus four persons in 阿迦尼吒 make exactly twenty-four 〔T32 458c04–05〕, an exception within Chapter Twelve’s general pattern of “listing without counting”; and the verse’s two pairs both close with 彼趣不可知 (“where that one goes cannot be known”), once for sparks and once for the liberated person (T32 458c10·458c12).


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Further Cultivation of the Fruits and Types of Noble Persons · Exposition · Summer 2026

次第分諦之難與一剎那四諦The Objection to Sequentially Distinguishing the Truths and the Four Truths in One Instant

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

12-09 立了一句:一智、一剎那、非初非後分別四諦。有人不服。本段就是那場辯。

先把所見說在前頭:論主一連舉七過破他師之說,而這七過的號是從「第二過」起的——第一過沒有號,直接以「若次第修行」起手。七個過,六個有號。

舉他師,而不出其名

開頭一句很素:「問:於此有師說,次第修道、次第斷煩惱、次第分別諦」〔T32 458c13–14〕。

「有師說」這三個字在本論只出現這一次。

而論主既不出這位師的名字,也不出他的書;更值得注意的是,他沒有把這個說法叫作「異說」——本論前面幾處異說都另有標記,這裡只說「有師說」。

答文也只一句:「答:或以十二、或以八、或以四道智作證果」〔T32 458c14–15〕——先把他師之說的三個選項擺出來,然後才逐一破。

(此處有一條校記:底本作「或以十二」而宋元二本作「一」。作「十二」則與其下第六、第七過所舉之「或十二、或八、或四」一律。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

讀法:遇編號之列,先數編號從幾起

第二問是本段的正身:「問:云何於此見不相應?答:若次第修行、次第斷煩惱,是故次第作證」〔T32 458c15–16〕。

這一過的推法是:若次第修行、次第斷煩惱,所以次第作證;若這樣可樂,「一須陀洹果者成耶」〔T32 458c17–18〕;若這樣不可樂,那前一句也一樣不能成立。

兩支夾住,讓對方兩邊都下不去。而這個式子只行於前四過:「若如是不可樂」全段四見〔T32 458c18·458c24·459a01·459a05〕,盡在第一〜第四過。第五過與第七過只出可樂一支,第六過雖有二支而二支俱作「可樂」〔T32 459a12·459a13〕。標作七過,而七過不同式;照錄不代齊。

然後號才出現:「復次第二過,若以見苦見苦所斷煩惱,滅斷可樂」〔T32 458c19–20〕。往下「復次第三過」〔T32 458c25–26〕、「復次第四過,亦不相應」〔T32 459a02〕、「復次第五過」〔T32 459a07〕、「復次第六過」〔T32 459a09〕、「復次第七過」〔T32 459a15〕——一路到七。

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到有編號的一列,先數它的號從幾起、到幾止,再看有沒有一個沒號的。

照這個去數:號從二到七,共六個;而在第二過之前,還有一整段完整的推論——那就是第一過,只是它沒有戴號。所以是七過,不是六過。

若只數有號的,就會把第一過漏掉;若照號讀,又會以為論主漏了一個「第一過」。兩種誤讀都出於同一件事:不先把有號的與沒號的分開數。

本編照錄不代補其號。

七過各破在哪裡

七過雖同用一式,所破之處各不相同,值得逐一順過。

第一過(無號)破的是「次第」本身。若次第修行、次第斷煩惱因而次第作證,而次第作證果為可樂——那麼須陀洹果就只成一個嗎〔T32 458c17–18〕?反過來若不可樂,前提也就不能立。一果與多次第對不上。

第二過破的是「四分」。若以見苦、見苦所斷煩惱之滅斷為可樂,則已見苦者即已作證四分須陀洹果〔T32 458c19–20〕;而照對方的分法,就要「四分七時生、四分家家生、四分一生、四分住於果」——須陀洹的四種人各裂成四份,「於此不相應」〔T32 458c24〕。

第三過破的是「四道四行」。若照上一過所樂,則以現見苦即成四分須陀洹道住、四分信行、四分法行,而其餘三諦還沒見;於是成四須陀洹道、四信行、四法行——同樣不相應。

第四過破的是「向與果」。若現見道成向、以見道成住果為可樂,那麼現見苦也該成向、以見苦也該成住果——因為所見同是一種;如此則向與住果都成了許多,「於此此不相應」〔T32 459a05〕。

第五過破的是「餘三諦落空」。若以見道即作證果,而苦、集、滅還沒見就已作證——那麼見苦、見集、見苦滅豈不成了無義〔T32 459a07 起〕?

第六過破的是對方自己開出的那三個數。若以十二、或八、或四道智作證須陀洹果為可樂,則所作證之須陀洹果也該是十二個、八個或四個——於是成「道智無果」〔T32 459a12〕。

第七過破的是「多對一」。若十二、八、四道智共起一個須陀洹果為可樂,也不相應:「多事令起一果,如多菴婆菓令生一果」〔T32 459a16–17〕。

七過連起來看,是從「次第」一路追到「數」。前六過追的是次第所帶出的分裂(果裂、道裂、行裂、向裂、諦落空),末一過追的是數本身。照錄不代論其序。

「不相應」三個字,本段就佔了全論一半

這一場辯的骨,是一個詞。

「不相應」在本論二十三見,本段十一見(458c15·458c24·458c25·459a01·459a02·459a05·459a07·459a13·459a14–15·459a16·459a20)——近全論之半,都擠在這一段裡。

而它的用法是重的:「於此不相應」二見(458c24·458c29–459a01)、「此亦不相應」三見(459a06–07·459a14–15·459a16)。論主不說對方「錯」,他說對方「不相應」——不是與佛說不相應,是他自己那幾句話彼此不相應。

七過所破的,全是對方自語之間的不合。照錄不代論其故。

這一點也決定了本段的分寸:論主不引一句經、不稱一次佛說,全段所憑只有對方自己那幾句話。破人之說而不搬外援,這在本論裡並不多見。照錄。

停一停:七過之中,何以唯末過以喻收?

第七過最短,也最不一樣:「復次第七過,若或十二、若八、若四道智令起一須陀洹果者可樂,此亦不相應,多事令起一果,如多菴婆菓令生一果」〔T32 459a15–17〕。

前六過全是純推論,一個譬喻也沒有。到第七過,忽然出一個菴婆菓的喻。「菴婆」在本論只出現這一次。

停下來問:七過之中,何以唯這一過以喻收?

本段答不了。可核的有二件:前六過零譬,末過一譬;而這一譬所繫者為「多事令起一果」——是七過之中唯一一個以「數」立的過(多對一),其餘六過皆以次第與所見立。

本編照錄不代論其故。只記這一譬落在何處、其前六過皆無。

二支夾破:這個式子怎麼運轉

七過同用一式,這個式子本身也該看清楚,因為它決定了這一整段讀起來的樣子。

前四過的骨架是三步:先順著對方的話往下推一步,再說「若如是可樂」會得出什麼,末了說「若如是不可樂」則前提也倒。第三步到後三過就不見了。

以第一過為例:對方說次第修行、次第斷煩惱,所以次第作證。論主順著推:那麼次第作證果就是可樂的了,因為與道果相應。可是——「若如是可樂,一須陀洹果者成耶」〔T32 458c17–18〕:一個須陀洹果,怎麼配得上那許多次第?而若說這不可樂,那麼「次第修道、次第斷煩惱」也一樣不可樂

兩支都封住,對方無處可退。

而論主用這個式子時有一處分寸值得記:他從頭到尾沒有另立一個自己的說法去換掉對方的。七過之中,他一次也沒有說「應當如此」,只反覆說「於此不相應」「此亦不相應」。破而不立。

自己那一立,其實早在 12-09 就立過了——「於一剎那以一智,非初非後分別四諦」〔T32 457a27〕。本段只是把與那一立相違的說法逐條推倒,不重述自己的立場。

先立於彼段,後破於此段;破時不重立。這是本段在全品中的位置。本編只記其形,不代論其故。

末答只有三句

第三問把難縮成兩支:「問:若以一智一剎那無前無後成分別四諦,一智應成四見取事」〔T32 459a17–19〕;若以見苦成見四諦,則四諦成苦諦。二支若都不成,那一智一剎那分別四諦就不相應。

論主的答只有三句:「答:非一智成四見取事,亦非四諦成苦諦」〔T32 459a21–22〕——一句遮一支;然後「坐禪人唯從初四諦,種種相一相,以前分別故」〔T32 459a22–23〕。

遮二支用二否句,其所以只一句。而那一句給的理由是「以前分別故」——指的是前面幾段所說的、道智之前早已作過的分別。

不設喻、不引據、不再立一組名相。破他師時用了七過,自答時只用三句。照錄。

(末句之「別」字,三本作「別前」,關乎這一句怎麼讀。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

而這三句所遮的二支,其實正是把「一智一剎那」推到極端所得的兩個荒謬:一是一個智要同時作四件見取之事,二是四諦都變成苦諦。難者以為這兩件必居其一,論主則說兩件都不必。

他所憑的只有四個字——「以前分別」。道智那一剎那所以能不裂不併,是因為分別早已在它之前做完了:前面幾段的陰入界、名色、三相、起滅、觀滅、相似、性除,一路做的就是那個「前分別」。到道智這一刻,不是重新分四次,也不是把四個併成一個,只是種種相與一相同時現前〔T32 459a22–23〕。

論主把這一層壓成一句話,不再展開。照錄不代補。


帶走三件:一個所見——七過而其號自「第二過」起〔T32 458c19 起〕,首過無號而以「若次第修行」直起〔T32 458c15–16〕:六個有號,一個沒號,合為七過。一個讀法——遇有編號之列,先數號從幾起、到幾止,再看有無不戴號者;只數有號的會漏,只照號讀又會以為缺了一個。一處停問——七過之中唯末過以喻收(「如多菴婆菓令生一果」〔T32 459a17〕,「菴婆」全論唯一見),前六過零譬;而末過亦是七過中唯一以「數」立之過(多對一)。照錄不代論其故。

還有三件小事該記著:「有師說」全論唯此一見〔T32 458c13〕,而其名不出、其書不出,論主亦不稱之為異說;「不相應」全論二十三見而本段十一見——近半在此,且所破皆對方自語之間的不合;末答只三句——二否句遮二支,一句出其所以(以前分別故),不設喻、不引據〔T32 459a21–23〕。

12-09 established a statement: one knowledge, one instant, distinguishing the four truths as neither first nor later. Someone objects. This passage is that debate.

Let the central observation be stated first: the author gives seven consecutive faults to refute the other teacher’s position, yet their numbering begins with “the second fault.” The first fault is unnumbered and begins directly, “If practice proceeds sequentially.” Seven faults, six of them numbered.

Another Teacher Is Cited, but Neither Name nor Source Is Given

The opening sentence is plain: “Question: In this matter, a teacher says: cultivate the path sequentially, abandon the defilements sequentially, and distinguish the truths sequentially” 〔T32 458c13–14〕.

The Chinese expression 有師說 (“a teacher says”) occurs only once in the entire treatise.

The author gives neither the teacher’s name nor the title of a work. More notably, he does not call the position an “alternate explanation.” Earlier alternate explanations in the treatise carry separate markers; here he says only “a teacher says.”

The answer is also one sentence: “Answer: The fruit is realized either with twelve, with eight, or with four path knowledges” 〔T32 458c14–15〕. The three options in the other teacher’s position are first set out; only afterward are they refuted one by one.

(A critical note occurs here: the base reads “with twelve,” while the Song and Yuan witnesses read the graph for “one.” Reading “twelve” agrees with “either twelve, eight, or four” in the sixth and seventh faults below. Both are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base text.)

Reading Method: With a Numbered List, First Ask Where Its Numbering Begins

The second question is the body of the passage: “Question: How does this view fail to correspond here? Answer: If practice proceeds sequentially and the defilements are abandoned sequentially, realization therefore proceeds sequentially” 〔T32 458c15–16〕.

The reasoning of this fault is: if practice proceeds sequentially and the defilements are abandoned sequentially, realization therefore proceeds sequentially. If realizing the fruit in sequence is acceptable, “then does one fruit of stream-entry result?” 〔T32 458c17–18〕. If it is not acceptable, the preceding assertion likewise cannot stand.

The two branches close in on the position, leaving it no way forward on either side. And this form holds only for the first four faults: 若如是不可樂 occurs four times in the passage 〔T32 458c18·458c24·459a01·459a05〕, all of them in faults one through four. The fifth and the seventh raise only the acceptable branch, and the sixth, though it has two branches, has both of them read “acceptable” 〔T32 459a12·459a13〕. Seven faults are headed, and the seven are not of one form; recorded as it stands, not regularized.

Only then does a number appear: “Furthermore, the second fault: suppose it is acceptable that by seeing suffering, the defilements abandoned through seeing suffering are extinguished and abandoned” 〔T32 458c19–20〕. Below come “Furthermore, the third fault” 〔T32 458c25–26〕, “Furthermore, the fourth fault also does not correspond” 〔T32 459a02〕, “Furthermore, the fifth fault” 〔T32 459a07〕, “Furthermore, the sixth fault” 〔T32 459a09〕, and “Furthermore, the seventh fault” 〔T32 459a15〕. The numbering runs all the way to seven.

The reading method furnished by the passage is here: when a list is numbered, first count where its numbers begin and end, then check whether an item without a number stands beside them.

Following that method: the numbers run from two through seven, making six numbered items; before the second fault stands a complete argument. That is the first fault, but it bears no number. There are therefore seven faults, not six.

Counting only the numbered items loses the first. Reading only by the numbers makes it seem that the author omitted a “first fault.” Both misreadings arise from the same failure: not counting the numbered and unnumbered items separately first.

This edition transcribes the text without supplying the missing number.

What Each of the Seven Faults Refutes

The seven faults are not perfectly uniform in form, and each refutes a different point. They are worth following in sequence.

The first fault (unnumbered) refutes “sequence” itself. If practice proceeds sequentially, the defilements are abandoned sequentially, and realization therefore proceeds sequentially, and if realizing the fruit sequentially is acceptable—then does the fruit of stream-entry become only one 〔T32 458c17–18〕? Conversely, if that is unacceptable, the premise cannot stand either. One fruit does not correspond to the many sequential stages.

The second fault refutes “four parts.” If it is acceptable that by seeing suffering, the defilements abandoned through seeing suffering are extinguished and abandoned, then one who has seen suffering has already realized a four-part fruit of stream-entry 〔T32 458c19–20〕. Under the other side’s division, there must then be “a four-part seven-birth person, a four-part family-to-family person, a four-part one-birth person, and a four-part person abiding in the fruit.” Each of the stream-enterer’s four types is split into four parts, and “this does not correspond here” 〔T32 458c24〕.

The third fault refutes “four paths and four modes of conduct.” If the preceding point is accepted, presently seeing suffering forms a four-part person abiding in the stream-entry path, a four-part faith-follower, and a four-part Dhamma-follower, even though the remaining three truths have not been seen. Thus there come to be four stream-entry paths, four faith-followers, and four Dhamma-followers—again they do not correspond.

The fourth fault refutes “one directed toward the fruit and one established in the fruit.” If presently seeing the path makes one directed toward the fruit, and seeing the path makes one established in the fruit, then presently seeing suffering should also make one directed, and seeing suffering should also make one established in the fruit—because what is seen is alike in being one kind. Then both those directed toward the fruit and those established in the fruit become many: “in this, this does not correspond” 〔T32 459a05〕.

The fifth fault refutes “the remaining three truths becoming empty.” If seeing the path itself realizes the fruit, and the fruit is already realized before suffering, arising, and cessation have been seen, then seeing suffering, seeing arising, and seeing the cessation of suffering become meaningless 〔T32 459a07 onward〕.

The sixth fault refutes the three numbers offered by the other side itself. If it is acceptable to realize the fruit of stream-entry with twelve, eight, or four path knowledges, then the fruits of stream-entry realized should likewise number twelve, eight, or four. There thus comes to be “path knowledge without fruit” 〔T32 459a12〕.

The seventh fault refutes “many to one.” If twelve, eight, or four path knowledges together give rise to one fruit of stream-entry, that too does not correspond: “Many things causing one fruit to arise are like many 菴婆 fruits causing one fruit to be born” 〔T32 459a16–17〕.

Read together, the seven faults pursue “sequence” all the way to “number.” The first five pursue the divisions brought forth by sequence—the fruit divided, the path divided, conduct divided, directed person divided, and truths left empty. The sixth tests whether twelve, eight, or four path knowledges would imply twelve, eight, or four fruits; the seventh tests whether those many knowledges can produce one fruit. They are transcribed without explaining this order on the author’s behalf.

The Three Words “Does Not Correspond” Occupy Nearly Half Their Occurrences in This Passage

The backbone of the debate is one expression.

The Chinese expression 不相應 (“does not correspond”) occurs twenty-three times in the treatise, eleven in this passage (458c15·458c24·458c25·459a01·459a02·459a05·459a07·459a13·459a14–15·459a16·459a20). Nearly half its occurrences in the whole treatise are crowded into this one passage.

Its use is emphatic. “This does not correspond here” occurs twice (458c24·458c29–459a01), while “this too does not correspond” occurs three times (459a06–07·459a14–15·459a16). The author does not say that the other position is “wrong”; he says it “does not correspond.” It does not fail to correspond with words of the Buddha; the other teacher’s own statements fail to correspond with one another.

All seven faults refute mismatches among the other side’s own statements. They are transcribed without supplying a reason for this method.

This point also governs the restraint of the passage. The author cites no sūtra and never once says “as the Buddha said.” Throughout the passage, he relies only on the other side’s own statements. Refuting a position without bringing in outside support is not common in this treatise. It is transcribed as it stands.

Pause Here: Why Does Only the Last of Seven Faults Close with a Simile?

The seventh fault is the shortest and also the most different: “Furthermore, the seventh fault: if it is acceptable that twelve, eight, or four path knowledges cause one fruit of stream-entry to arise, this too does not correspond. Many things causing one fruit to arise are like many 菴婆 fruits causing one fruit to be born” 〔T32 459a15–17〕.

The first six faults are pure inference and contain not one simile. At the seventh, a simile of 菴婆 fruits suddenly appears. The Chinese expression 菴婆 occurs only once in the treatise.

Pause and ask: why, among the seven faults, does only this one close with a simile?

This passage cannot answer. Three matters can be checked: the first six faults contain zero similes, while the last contains one; this simile is attached to “many things causing one fruit to arise”; and both the sixth and seventh faults reason with the numbers twelve, eight, and four. The seventh alone turns those numbers into a many-to-one objection and closes with a simile.

This edition transcribes without explaining why. It records only where the simile occurs and that the preceding six faults have none.

Enclosure by Two Branches: How the Pattern Works

The first four faults explicitly use a paired pattern. Its actual extent must be seen clearly: the last three faults do not repeat the explicit negative branch.

In each of the first four faults, the text has a three-step frame: first follow the other side’s words one step further; next say what follows “if this is acceptable”; finally say that “if this is not acceptable,” the premise itself also falls. The fifth, sixth, and seventh continue the reductio from what is said to be acceptable without restating that final negative branch.

Take the first fault. The other side says that practice proceeds sequentially, the defilements are abandoned sequentially, and realization therefore proceeds sequentially. The author follows the argument: realizing the fruit sequentially is then acceptable, because it corresponds to path and fruit. But “if this is acceptable, does one fruit of stream-entry result?” 〔T32 458c17–18〕. How can one fruit of stream-entry correspond to those many sequences? If instead this is said to be unacceptable, then “cultivating the path sequentially and abandoning the defilements sequentially” are equally unacceptable.

Both branches are closed, and the other side has nowhere to withdraw.

There is a restraint worth recording throughout the sequence: from beginning to end, he does not establish a separate position of his own to replace the other teacher’s. Not once among the seven faults does he say, “it should be this way”; he repeatedly says only, “this does not correspond here” and “this too does not correspond.” He refutes without establishing.

His own establishment had already been made in 12-09: “in one instant, with one knowledge, distinguishing the four truths as neither first nor later” 〔T32 457a27〕. This passage only pushes down, one by one, the statements opposed to that establishment; it does not restate its own position.

It was established in the other passage and refuted here; while refuting, it is not established again. This is the position of the passage within the whole chapter. This edition records its form without explaining why on the author’s behalf.

The Final Answer Has Only Three Sentences

The third question compresses the objection into two branches: “Question: If, with one knowledge in one instant and without before or after, the four truths are distinguished, then one knowledge ought to become four objects of appropriation by seeing” 〔T32 459a17–19〕. If seeing suffering constitutes seeing the four truths, the four truths become the truth of suffering. If neither branch is established, distinguishing the four truths in one knowledge and one instant does not correspond.

The author’s answer has only three sentences: “Answer: It is not that one knowledge becomes four objects of appropriation by seeing, nor that the four truths become the truth of suffering” 〔T32 459a21–22〕. One negative sentence blocks each branch. Then: “The meditator proceeds only from the four truths at the outset: diverse characteristics and one characteristic, because they were distinguished beforehand” 〔T32 459a22–23〕.

Two negative sentences block the two branches; only one sentence gives the reason. That sentence’s reason is “because they were distinguished beforehand,” referring to the distinctions already made in the preceding passages before path knowledge.

No simile is offered, no authority cited, and no new group of terms established. Seven faults are used to refute the other teacher; only three sentences are used in the author’s own answer. It is transcribed as it stands.

(For the final Chinese graph in this sentence, three witnesses read 別前. This bears on how the sentence is read. Both are recorded without adjudication, and the body follows the base text.)

The two branches blocked by these three sentences are precisely the two absurdities obtained by pushing “one knowledge, one instant” to an extreme. First, one knowledge would have to perform four acts of appropriation by seeing at the same time. Second, all four truths would become the truth of suffering. The objector supposes one of these must follow; the author says neither does.

His entire basis is the four Chinese graphs translated “distinguished beforehand.” Path knowledge can avoid both division and conflation in that instant because the distinctions were completed before it: the aggregates, sense entrances, elements, name-and-form, three characteristics, arising and cessation, contemplation of cessation, similarity, and disposition-removing knowledge described in the preceding passages are the work of “prior distinction.” In the instant of path knowledge, the truths are not distinguished afresh four times, nor are four things fused into one; rather, diverse characteristics and one characteristic are present together 〔T32 459a22–23〕.

The author compresses this layer into a single sentence and does not elaborate further. It is transcribed without supplementation.


Carry away three things. One observation: there are seven faults, but the numbering begins with “the second fault” 〔T32 458c19 onward〕, while the first fault is unnumbered and begins directly with “If practice proceeds sequentially” 〔T32 458c15–16〕. Six are numbered and one is not, making seven faults. One reading method: when a list is numbered, first count where its numbers begin and end, then look for an item without a number. Counting only the numbered items loses one; reading only by the numbers makes it seem one is missing. One place to pause: only the last of the seven faults closes with a simile—“like many 菴婆 fruits causing one fruit to be born” 〔T32 459a17〕, with 菴婆 occurring only once in the treatise—while the first six contain zero similes. Both the sixth and seventh reason with twelve, eight, and four; the seventh uniquely turns those numbers into many to one and closes with the simile. It is transcribed without explaining why.

Three smaller matters should also be retained: 有師說 (“a teacher says”) occurs only once in the treatise 〔T32 458c13〕, yet neither the teacher’s name nor book is given, and the author does not call the position an alternate explanation; 不相應 (“does not correspond”) occurs twenty-three times in the treatise and eleven in this passage, nearly half, and each fault concerns a mismatch among the other side’s own statements; the final answer has only three sentences—two negative sentences blocking two branches, and one giving the reason, “because they were distinguished beforehand,” with no simile and no citation 〔T32 459a21–23〕.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Objection to Sequentially Distinguishing the Truths and the Four Truths in One Instant · Exposition · Summer 2026

禪觀、燥觀與出世諸分Meditation Contemplation, Dry Contemplation, and the Supramundane Divisions

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

上一段末答「種種相一相,以前分別故」。本段接住這一句,先把四諦之通達說完,然後開一個總標。

先把所見說在前頭:那個總標一口氣列了十目——觀、覺、喜、受、地、根、解脫、煩惱、正受、二定——而本段從頭到尾只釋了前七個。後三個不在這一段:煩惱之斷治在 12-15,正受在 12-16,想受滅正受在 12-17。論主既不出總數,也不說哪幾目留到後面。

總標一句,十個名字

四諦之通達說完之後,論主一句轉過來:「於是散法可知。如是觀覺喜受地根,解脫煩惱正受二定」〔T32 459a28–29〕。

「散法」這兩個字在本論只出現這一次。

而這一句十個名字連讀而下,中間只一個逗。若不逐一數,很容易讀成一句籠統的話;數過才知道它是一份目錄。

隨即第一目就開了:「於是觀者二觀,禪觀、燥觀」〔T32 459a29–459b01〕。

讀法:遇總標,先數目數,再看這一段釋了幾個

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到一句總標開出若干名目,先把名目逐一數清,再回頭看眼前這一段究竟釋了幾個。

照這個去數本段:標十目,釋七目。差三個。

而那三個並沒有丟——它們各自成了後面三個單元的正題。總標在此,逐目之釋橫跨四段。這在本論裡是少見的鋪法:前面幾段的總標,多半當段就釋完了。

本編照錄不代數、不代補——不替論主在標處注明「後三目見下」,也不把三目提前。

二觀之別,只在誰先誰後

七目之首是觀。論主設一問:「問:云何禪觀?已得定,以定力伏蓋」〔T32 459b01〕——以名比而分別色,觀見禪分;奢摩他為初,修毘婆舍那。

燥觀反過來:「燥觀者,以分別力伏蓋,以色比分別名見觀諸行」〔T32 459b03–04〕——毘婆舍那為初,修行奢摩他。

同一對法,只把先後掉了個位,就成了兩種觀。禪觀以定力伏蓋,燥觀以分別力伏蓋;禪觀以名比色,燥觀以色比名。每一格都是對稱的相反。

「禪觀」在本論二見,都在這一句裡;「燥觀」在本論七見,七見全在本段——本段以下說覺、說喜、說受,一路都從燥觀說起。

兩處「除一」,數與所除相合

覺與喜二目,用的是同一個式子。

覺:「於覺地道成八分道,於無覺地七分除思惟」〔T32 459b07–08〕——八減一得七,所除的是思惟。

喜:「於喜地道及果七覺分起,於無喜地六菩提覺,除喜菩提覺」〔T32 459b12–13〕——七減一得六,所除的是喜菩提覺。

兩處都不只給結果,還把所除的那一目點出來。數與所除相合,一算即知。這與品十二前面幾段「只列不數」的長列正相反——短列處論主反而算得清楚。照錄。

喜與受:同一組話,換了一個字

覺、喜、受三目連著讀,會發現一件事:喜與受二目的行文幾乎一樣,只在末一格換字。

喜那一目:燥觀得苦行者,具足毘婆舍那、相似智,成無苦起,性除道果共起喜;燥觀得樂行者,於二禪毘婆舍那及道果共起喜,於第三禪、第四禪則不共起喜〔T32 459b09 前後〕。

受那一目:燥觀得苦行者,具足毘婆舍那乃至相似智,共捨起,性除道果共喜起;燥觀得樂行者,於三禪毘婆舍那道果共喜起,於第四禪共捨起〔T32 459b13 前後〕。

同一批位置(苦行/樂行、毘婆舍那/性除、道果、諸禪),而所繫者一組是喜之有無、一組是喜與捨之分。論主不另出一句說明二目何以如此相近,只把二段並排寫下去。

而二目所繫之禪也不齊:喜目說到第三禪、第四禪,受目說三禪與第四禪。照錄不代齊。

這一組還有一件值得留意:苦行與樂行二人,在同一目之內所得不同。苦行者要到性除、道果才共起喜,樂行者在二禪的毘婆舍那與道果就已共起喜。同一個喜,兩種人到得早晚不同——論主把這一分寫在字面上,而不另加一句評語。照錄。

停一停:同一節裡為什麼兩次立「二地」?

地這一目該停下來看。

先一組:「地者二地,見地、思惟地」〔T32 459b17〕——須陀洹道是見地,其餘三道四果是思惟地;不曾見而今見叫見地,這樣見這樣修叫思惟地。

接著又一組:「復次二地,學地、不學地」〔T32 459b19–20〕——「於是四道三沙門果,學地;阿羅漢果,無學地」〔T32 459b20–21〕。

同一目之下,二次立「二地」,而所分不同:一組以見與修分,一組以學與不學分。

停下來問:一個「地」字,何以要分兩遍?

本段答不了。可核的有二件:二組所攝之人不同(前組須陀洹道對其餘七位,後組四道三果對阿羅漢果);而論主以「復次」二字接上,不說二組孰為正、孰為兼,也不說二組如何相配。

還有一件字面:後一組之標作「不學地」而其釋作「無學地」(459b20·459b21)——這兩個詞在本論各只出現這一次,而它們就在相鄰兩行上。標與釋一字之異,照錄不代齊。

(此節另有一條校記:459b20 之「學」,宋本作「覺」。若從宋本,這二地就成了「覺地、不覺地」,而與其上「覺」目之有無二地相涉。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

段首那一句:一相與種種相怎麼並存

回頭補一件段首的事,因為它承的正是上一段之末。

上一段答難時只給一句「種種相一相,以前分別故」。本段開頭就把這一句攤開:「爾時以聖行苦諦如是相以通達,成通達四諦」〔T32 459a24–25〕,然後舉一個現成的例——「如五陰種種相一相,以前分別為色陰」〔T32 459a25–26〕。

論主用五陰來說明四諦。五陰本是五個,各有其相;可是以無常去看,五陰同是無常——一相不礙其為五,五相不礙其同為一。而關鍵在那一句:「以前分別」——先已把色陰分別出來了,所以說「五陰無常」時,並不是把色陰當作五陰。

隨後一句把這個例推廣:「如是入界,如是於此可知」——入與界也照這個讀。

四諦之一相與種種相,就照五陰這個樣子讀。論主不另立一套說明,只借一個讀者已經熟的例。本編照錄其借例之法,不代論其故。

三根三位,三不作三解脫

根一目最整齊:「根者,三出世間根:未知我當知根、已知根、知已根」〔T32 459b21–22〕。三根各配一位——須陀洹道智是未知智,三道智三果智是知根,阿羅漢果智是已知根。三對三,一目不缺。

解脫一目也整齊:「解脫者,三解脫:無相解脫、無作解脫、空解脫」〔T32 459b25–26〕,而其釋以三個「不作」相配——不作相是無相,不作願是無作,不作執是空。三不作對三解脫,也是一目不缺。

末一句把讀者送到下一段:「復次此三解脫,以觀見成於種種道,以得成於一道」〔T32 459b27–29〕。

種種道與一道——下一段釋前半,再下一段釋後半。這一句與段首那個總標是同一種手法:先擺出來,分幾段慢慢還。

把本段從頭到尾看一遍,這個手法其實出現了三次:段首借五陰之例把「一相種種相」交代過去、中段開一份十目的總標而只還七目、段末又留下「種種道與一道」的扣子。三處都是先立一個框,然後在別處還。本編只記其形,不代論其故。


帶走三件:一個所見——散法之總標開十目(觀·覺·喜·受·地·根·解脫·煩惱·正受·二定)而本段唯釋其前七〔T32 459a28–29〕;餘三目分屬其後三段(煩惱在 12-15、正受在 12-16、想受滅正受在 12-17),而論文不出總數、不言其分屬一個讀法——遇一句總標開出若干名目,先逐一數清目數,再回看眼前這一段釋了幾個;差出來的那幾個未必是丟了,可能是留給後段的。一處停問——同一「地」目之下二次立「二地」(T32 459b17·459b19–20),一以見修分、一以學不學分,論主以「復次」相接而不判其正兼、不言二組如何相配;且後一組標作「不學地」而釋作「無學地」,二詞各全論唯一見而相鄰兩行。照錄不代齊。

還有三件小事該記著:二觀之別只在先後互換——禪觀奢摩他為初、燥觀毘婆舍那為初〔T32 459b01–459b04〕,而「燥觀」全論七見皆在本段;覺與喜二目皆以「除某」明其減(八分除思惟得七·七覺分除喜得六(T32 459b07–08·459b12–13)),數與所除相合;三根對三位、三不作對三解脫,二組皆一目不缺

The preceding passage ended with “diverse characteristics and one characteristic, because they were distinguished beforehand.” This passage takes up that sentence, completes its account of penetrating the four truths, and then opens a general heading.

The finding comes first: the heading lists ten topics—contemplation, thought, joy, feeling, ground, faculty, liberation, defilement, attainment, and the two concentrations—but the passage explains only the first seven. The treatment of defilements occurs in 12-15, attainment in 12-16, and the attainment of cessation in 12-17. The author neither states the total nor identifies which topics will be deferred.

One Sentence, Ten Names

After the penetration of the four truths, the text turns: “Here the dispersed topics may be known: contemplation, thought, joy, feeling, ground, faculty, liberation, defilement, attainment, and the two concentrations” 〔T32 459a28–29〕.

The expression translated “dispersed topics” occurs only once in the treatise.

Ten names run together with only one comma. Without counting each one, the sentence can easily be read as an undifferentiated statement; once counted, it becomes a table of contents.

The first topic opens immediately: “Here contemplation is of two kinds: meditation contemplation and dry contemplation” 〔T32 459a29–459b01〕.

Reading Method: Count the Heading, Then Count What This Passage Explains

The passage itself teaches a reading method: when a sentence opens several named topics, count the names one by one and then count how many the present passage actually explains.

Here the heading contains ten and the passage explains seven. The difference is three.

Those three are not lost—each becomes the proper subject of one of the three units that follow. The general heading stands here while the explanation of its topics runs across four passages. This is an uncommon layout in the treatise: in the earlier passages a general heading is usually discharged within its own passage.

This edition records it as it stands and neither counts nor supplies on the treatise’s behalf—it does not annotate the heading with “for the remaining three topics, see below,” nor does it bring those three forward.

The Two Contemplations Differ Only in What Comes First

The first of the seven topics is contemplation. The author asks, “What is meditation contemplation? Having attained concentration, one suppresses the hindrances by the power of concentration” 〔T32 459b01〕. One distinguishes form by comparison with name and sees the factors of meditation: calm is first and insight is cultivated.

Dry contemplation reverses the order: “In dry contemplation, one suppresses the hindrances by the power of discrimination, distinguishes name by comparison with form, and contemplatively sees formations” 〔T32 459b03–04〕. Insight is first and calm is cultivated.

The same paired practices become two contemplations solely by exchanging first and second. Meditation contemplation (禪觀) suppresses through concentration and compares name with form; dry contemplation (燥觀) suppresses through discrimination and compares form with name. Each position is symmetrically reversed.

“Meditation contemplation” occurs twice in the treatise, both in this sentence. “Dry contemplation” occurs seven times, all within this passage; the subsequent accounts of thought, joy, and feeling continue from it.

Two Cases of “Remove One”: The Numbers Agree with What Is Removed

Thought and joy use the same formula.

For thought: “On the ground accompanied by thought the path becomes the eightfold path; on the ground without thought it has seven factors, thought being removed” 〔T32 459b07–08〕. Eight minus one is seven, and thought is the item removed.

For joy: “On the ground accompanied by joy, the seven awakening factors arise with the path and fruit; on the ground without joy there are six factors of awakening, the awakening factor of joy being removed” 〔T32 459b12–13〕. Seven minus one is six, and joy is the item removed.

In both cases the text gives not only the result but the removed member. The count and subtraction agree. Unlike the long unnumbered lists earlier in Chapter Twelve, these short lists are arithmetically explicit.

Joy and Feeling: Nearly the Same Statement with One Position Changed

Read thought, joy, and feeling together and a pattern appears: the passages on joy and feeling are nearly parallel, with the affected quality changed in the last position.

Under joy, the difficult-course practitioner reaches full insight and resembling knowledge; change-of-lineage, path, and fruit arise with joy. For the pleasant-course practitioner, insight and path and fruit in the second meditation arise with joy, whereas in the third and fourth they do not 〔T32 459b09 前後〕.

Under feeling, the difficult-course practitioner’s insight through resembling knowledge arises with equanimity, while change-of-lineage, path, and fruit arise with joy. For the pleasant-course practitioner, insight, path, and fruit in the three meditations arise with joy, and in the fourth with equanimity 〔T32 459b13 前後〕.

The positions are the same—difficult or pleasant course, insight or change-of-lineage, path and fruit, and the meditations—but one passage tracks the presence of joy, while the other distinguishes joy from equanimity. The author places the parallel accounts side by side without explaining their near repetition.

The meditation ranges are also not expressed uniformly: the joy passage names the third and fourth meditations, while the feeling passage says the three meditations and the fourth. They remain as written.

The two practitioners also reach the same joy at different points. The difficult-course practitioner does not share in joy until change-of-lineage, path, and fruit, whereas the pleasant-course practitioner already shares in it with insight in the second meditation. The wording preserves this difference without added judgment.

Pause: Why Are “Two Grounds” Established Twice in One Section?

The topic of ground deserves a pause.

First comes “There are two grounds: the ground of seeing and the ground of cultivation” 〔T32 459b17〕. The stream-entry path is the ground of seeing; the other three paths and four fruits are the ground of cultivation. Seeing now what was never seen is seeing; seeing and cultivating in this way is cultivation.

Then comes another pair: “Furthermore, there are two grounds: the ground of learning and the ground of not-learning” 〔T32 459b19–20〕, followed by “the four paths and three fruits of recluseship are the ground of learning; the fruit of arahantship is the ground beyond learning” 〔T32 459b20–21〕.

The same topic therefore establishes “two grounds” twice under different divisions: seeing versus cultivation, then learning versus not-learning.

Stop and ask: why should a single word, “ground,” be divided twice?

This passage cannot answer. Two things can be checked: the persons the two divisions cover differ (the first sets the stream-entry path against the remaining seven positions; the second sets the four paths and three fruits against the fruit of arahantship); and the author joins them with the two graphs 復次, “furthermore,” without saying which division is primary and which secondary, or how the two correspond.

There is one more matter of wording: the second pair is headed 不學地 while its explanation reads 無學地 (459b20·459b21)—each of these two terms occurs only once in the treatise, and they stand on adjacent lines. A one-graph difference between heading and explanation; recorded as it stands, not regularized.

There is also a critical note: for the graph “learning” at 459b20, the Song witness reads “awakening.” That reading would make the pair grounds with and without awakening, bringing it into contact with the earlier topic of thought. Both readings are recorded; the body follows the base.

The Opening Sentence: How Can One Characteristic and Diverse Characteristics Coexist?

One matter at the head of the passage remains to be filled in, because what it takes up is precisely the close of the preceding passage.

In answering the objection, the preceding passage gave only the one sentence, “diverse characteristics and one characteristic, because they were distinguished beforehand.” The opening of this passage spreads that sentence out: “At that time, through noble practice one penetrates the truth of suffering by such a characteristic, and thereby penetrates the four truths” 〔T32 459a24–25〕, and then raises a ready example—“as with the five aggregates in their diverse characteristics and their one characteristic, previously distinguished as the form aggregate” 〔T32 459a25–26〕.

The author uses the aggregates to clarify the four truths. The five aggregates are five and have diverse characteristics; seen as impermanent, all five share the one characteristic of impermanence. One characteristic does not erase the five, and the five do not prevent their sharing one. “Distinguished beforehand” is decisive: because form had already been distinguished, saying “the five aggregates are impermanent” does not turn form into all five.

The sentence that follows extends the example: “so too with the sense bases and the elements; so it may be known here”—sense bases and elements are read the same way.

The one characteristic and the diverse characteristics of the four truths are to be read exactly on the model of the five aggregates. The author sets up no separate explanation; he borrows an example the reader already knows. This edition records his method of borrowing and does not argue its rationale on his behalf.

Three Faculties for Three Positions; Three Non-Constructions for Three Liberations

The topic of faculties is especially regular: “There are three supramundane faculties: the faculty ‘I shall know what is not yet known,’ the faculty of having known, and the faculty of one whose knowing is complete” 〔T32 459b21–22〕. They are assigned respectively to knowledge of the stream-entry path, the knowledges of three paths and three fruits, and knowledge of the fruit of arahantship. Three positions match three faculties.

Liberation is equally regular: “There are three liberations: signless liberation, desireless liberation, and emptiness liberation” 〔T32 459b25–26〕. Their explanation matches three non-constructions: not constructing a sign, a wish, or an appropriation. Three non-constructions match three liberations.

The closing sentence sends the reader onward: “Furthermore, through contemplative seeing these three liberations are accomplished on diverse paths; through attainment they are accomplished on one path” 〔T32 459b27–29〕.

The next passage explains diverse paths and the following passage one path. This is the same technique as the opening heading: the frame appears first and is discharged across several passages.

Across the unit, the technique appears three times. The opening borrows the aggregates to settle one and diverse characteristics; the middle lists ten topics but explains seven; the ending leaves the clasp of diverse paths and one path. Each sets a frame whose discharge lies elsewhere. This exposition records the shape without deciding why it is used.


Carry away three things. One finding: the dispersed-topic heading opens ten topics but explains only seven here 〔T32 459a28–29〕; the remaining three belong to the next three relevant passages, although the treatise does not state their total or distribution. One method: count every item in a general heading, then count those actually explained in the present passage; the difference may be deferred rather than lost. One question to hold: under “ground,” “two grounds” are established twice (T32 459b17·459b19–20), first by seeing and cultivation, then by learning and not-learning, while the author neither ranks nor maps them; moreover, 不學地, “ground of not-learning,” becomes 無學地, “ground beyond learning,” in the explanation. The forms remain distinct.

Remember three smaller points as well. The difference between 禪觀 and 燥觀 is the reversal of calm-first and insight-first 〔T32 459b01–459b04〕, and all seven occurrences of dry contemplation are here. Thought and joy each make their subtraction explicit—eight minus thought gives seven, and seven minus joy gives six (T32 459b07–08·459b12–13)—so the numbers agree. Finally, three faculties match three positions and three non-constructions match three liberations, with nothing omitted.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Meditation Contemplation, Dry Contemplation, and the Supramundane Divisions · Exposition · Summer 2026

三觀各成三解脫Each of the Three Contemplations Becomes One of the Three Liberations

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

上一段末句留了一個扣:「復次此三解脫,以觀見成於種種道,以得成於一道」〔T32 459b27–29〕。本段接住前半——種種道;一道留給下一段。

先把所見說在前頭:這一段是三支同格的並列文,一格一格對得極齊;而三支之所對本不齊——無常對的是「相」,苦對的是「生」,無我兼對「相及生」。所對既兼二物,第三支便處處多一物、末後多一句,而全段之中「泥洹」二字只出現在第三支裡。

一個總答,三配一目不缺

論主先以一問總攝:「問:云何以觀見成於種種道?答:已觀見無常,成無相解脫」〔T32 459b29–459c01〕,接著兩句補齊:「以觀見苦,成無作解脫;以觀見無我,成空解脫」〔T32 459c01–02〕。

三觀對三解脫,一目不缺。三解脫之名不是本段新立的——上一段已列過:「解脫者,三解脫:無相解脫、無作解脫、空解脫」〔T32 459b25–26〕。上一段給的是名與其配,本段給的是何以如此配

這個總答有一件字面值得記著:首句作「已觀見無常」,而後兩句作「以觀見苦」「以觀見無我」。「已觀見無常」在本論只出現這一次,而此處並無校記。照錄不代齊。

讀法:先把「格」數清,再逐格橫看

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到三支(或四支、五支)同格的並列文,不要一支一支順讀下去;先把一支之內有幾格數清,再拿三支橫排,逐格比對。

照這個去數本段,一支有十格:現作意、令起、所成、所得根、種類如實、諸行諸法、怖畏令起、心之所起、心越、收語。三支十格,就是一張三列十行的表。

順讀時,三段話幾乎一樣,讀完只留下一個模糊的印象;橫看時,哪一格對得整齊、哪一格破了格,一眼就出來了。而破格處,正是論主用力處。

前四格:三配三,齊得像抄的

先看對得最齊的四格。

第一支:「以無常現作意,以滅諸行起心,成多解脫,得信根及四根」〔T32 459c03–04〕。

第二支:「以苦現作意,以怖畏諸行令起心,成心多寂寂,得定根及四根」〔T32 459c09–11〕。

第三支:「以無我現作意,以空令起諸行,心成多厭惡,得慧根及四根」〔T32 459c15–16〕。

四格四配。第一格是所現作意者:無常、苦、無我。第四格是所得之根:信、定、慧——「得信根及四根」〔T32 459c04〕、「得定根及四根」〔T32 459c10–11〕、「得慧根及四根」〔T32 459c16〕,三語各在本論只見這一次。三支各標一根而以「及四根」括其餘,論主於本段自始至終不出「五根」二字

第三格是所成:多解脫、心多寂寂、心多厭惡——觀無常者所成偏在脫、觀苦者所成偏在寂、觀無我者所成偏在厭。三語也各只見這一次。

中間那一格最該細看。三支都提到「諸行」,而「諸行」在句中所居之位三處不同:第一支「以滅諸行起心」——諸行是所滅;第二支「以怖畏諸行令起心」——諸行是所怖畏;第三支「以空令起諸行」——諸行是所令起。同一個詞,一為所滅、一為所怖畏、一為所令起。照錄不代齊。

中間三格:相、生、相及生

再往下三格,那條貫串全段的線就露出來了。

第一支:「彼種類如實智相」〔T32 459c04–05〕、「彼種類一切諸行成無常起」〔T32 459c05〕、「令起相怖畏,從相行生智」〔T32 459c05–06〕——所對是「相」。

第二支:「彼種類如實知生」〔T32 459c11〕、「以彼種類一切諸行成苦所見」〔T32 459c11–12〕、「以怖畏生令起生智」〔T32 459c12〕——所對是「生」。

第三支:「彼種類如實知相及生」〔T32 459c16–17〕、「以彼種類一切諸法成無我可見」〔T32 459c17〕、「以怖畏令起相及生,依相及生智唯起」〔T32 459c17–18〕——所對是「相及生」,前二支之所對合在一處。

「彼種類」這三個字在本論共六見,六見全在本段

而第三支這一格還藏了一個換字:前二支作「一切諸行」,第三支獨作「一切諸法」。「一切諸法」在本論只有兩見,其中一見即此處。此處無校記。照錄不代齊。

順帶記一件更小的字面:第一支作「彼種類如實智相」,後二支作「如實知生」「如實知相及生」——一處作「智」、二處作「知」。這一處同樣沒有校記。本編照錄,不代改、不代注。

停一停:第三支為什麼多出一句?

末後一格是本段該停下來的地方。

前二支的收尾都是三句,一句不多:「從相心起,於無相心越,以無相解脫身得脫」〔T32 459c06–07〕;「從生心起,於無生心越,以無作解脫身得脫」〔T32 459c12–13〕。

第三支卻是四句:「從相及生心成離,於無相無生滅,泥洹心越,以空解脫身得脫」〔T32 459c18–20〕。

停下來問:同一個格,前二支三句就收住了,第三支為什麼要多一句?

就文本自答。可核的有三件:

其一,前二支之「從相心起」「從生心起」用的是「起」,第三支用的是「成離」——同一格而動詞已換。

其二,多出來的那一句是「於無相無生滅」。前二支所越者各一(無相、無生),第三支所對既是相與生二物,其所越便須兼無相與無生——這一句正是把兩件並起來說。

其三,也是最值得記的:「泥洹心越」在本論只出現這一次,而本段之中「泥洹」二字只見於第三支。前二支說到「於無相心越」「於無生心越」就止住了;第三支把無相、無生都滅盡之後,論主才把那一個名字說出來

論主自己不解釋這一句從何而來,也不說三支何以厚薄不同。本編只記其形,不代論其故。

(此節另有一條校記:459c19「泥洹心越」之「越」,四本作「起」。作「越」則與上二支之「心越」同字,作「起」則與上二支之「心起」同字——二讀各有其對。並錄不判,本文從底本。)

三個收語,第一個少一個字

三支各以一句收:「如是以觀無常成無相解脫」〔T32 459c07–08〕、「如是以觀見苦成無作解脫」〔T32 459c13–14〕、「如是以觀見無我成空解脫」〔T32 459c20〕。

三收各在本論只見一次。而第一收作「以觀無常」,比它自己的問少了一個「見」字;後二收都作「以觀見」。此處亦無校記。照錄不代補。

連同前面總答之「已」與「以」、第一支之「智」與「知」,這三處字面之異,全都落在第一支或它的總答上,而三處都沒有校記。本編逐處記其形,不代齊、不代裁。

這一條線本段不是頭一次走

相、生、相及生這一配,並不始於本段。往前翻到 12-07,同一條線已經走過兩趟:

「以無常現作意令畏想,以安隱令起無想」〔T32 456c15–16〕、「以苦現作意成畏生,以安隱令起無生」〔T32 456c16–17〕、「以無我現作意成畏相及生,以安隱令起無相及無生」〔T32 456c17–18〕。

再一趟更簡:「以無常現作意畏因,以苦現作意畏生,以無我現作意畏因及生」〔T32 456c26–28〕。

三支所對之物與本段全同,而所配者不同——彼處配的是畏與安隱,本段配的是三解脫。同一副骨架,隔了七個單元又用一次。

收於一半

末句:「如是此三解脫,以觀成於種種道」〔T32 459c20–21〕。

本段只收「種種道」,「一道」一字不提。上一段末句明明是兩件一起說的,本段卻只還一半——另一半是下一段的頭一問〔T32 459c21–22〕。

(此處亦有一條校記:459c21「如是此三解脫」之「此」,明本作「成」。並錄不判,本文從底本。)


帶走三件:一個所見——本段三支同一個格而所對不齊:無常之支作「彼種類如實智相」〔T32 459c04–05〕、苦之支作「彼種類如實知生」〔T32 459c11〕、無我之支兼取二物作「彼種類如實知相及生」〔T32 459c16–17〕;所對既兼二物,第三支便處處多一物——作「一切諸法」而非「一切諸行」、作「心成離」而非「心起」、末後多一句「於無相無生滅」,而「泥洹」二字全段只出於此支一個讀法——遇同格並列之文,先數清一支有幾格,再拿諸支橫排逐格比對;順讀只得一個模糊印象,橫看才見哪一格破了格,而破格處即論主用力處。一處停問——前二支三句收住,第三支何以四句〔T32 459c06–07·459c12–13·459c18–20〕?就文本可核者三:動詞由「起」換作「成離」、多出之句正是把無相與無生並起來說、而「泥洹心越」全論唯此一見。論主不自解其故,本編只記其形。

還有三件小事該記著:三支各標一根而不出「五根」二字——信、定、慧各配一觀〔T32 459c04·459c10–11·459c16〕;「諸行」在三支中所居之位不同——一為所滅、一為所怖畏、一為所令起〔T32 459c03–04·459c09–11·459c15–16〕;字面之異三處全落在第一支或其總答上(「已」與「以」、「智」與「知」、第一收少一「見」字),而三處俱無校記。

The preceding passage ended with a clasp: “Furthermore, through contemplative seeing these three liberations are accomplished on diverse paths; through attainment they are accomplished on one path” 〔T32 459b27–29〕. This passage takes the first half—diverse paths—and leaves one path to the next.

The finding comes first: the three branches are closely aligned position by position, yet their objects are not the same. Impermanence corresponds to characteristic, suffering to arising, and not-self to characteristic and arising together. Because the third combines two objects, it repeatedly carries an additional member and an additional final statement. “Nibbāna” appears only in that branch.

One General Answer, Three Complete Pairings

The author begins with one encompassing question: “How does contemplative seeing become diverse paths? Answer: Having contemplated and seen impermanence, one accomplishes signless liberation” 〔T32 459b29–459c01〕. Two further statements complete the set: “by contemplating and seeing suffering, one accomplishes desireless liberation; by contemplating and seeing not-self, one accomplishes emptiness liberation” 〔T32 459c01–02〕.

Three contemplations match three liberations with no missing member. The preceding passage had already named them: “There are three liberations: signless liberation, desireless liberation, and emptiness liberation” 〔T32 459b25–26〕. Here the question is why each is paired as it is.

One graphic detail must remain visible. The first answer says 已觀見無常, “having contemplated and seen impermanence,” while the next two say 以觀見苦 and 以觀見無我, “by contemplating and seeing suffering/not-self.” The first uses 已; the others use 以. The first expression occurs only once in the treatise, and no critical note licenses normalization.

Reading Method: Count the Positions, Then Compare Across the Branches

When three or more branches share a template, do not merely read one branch after another. Count the positions within one branch, arrange the branches side by side, and compare each position horizontally.

Here a branch has ten positions: immediate attention, what causes mind to arise, what is accomplished, the faculty gained, knowing that kind as it really is, formations or phenomena, fear and arising, the basis from which mind proceeds, crossing over, and the closing statement. Three branches across ten positions form a three-column, ten-row structure.

Read vertically, the passages sound almost identical. Read horizontally, regular and broken positions become visible. The broken positions bear the passage’s special force.

The First Four Positions: Three-by-Three Pairing

The first four positions are the most regular.

The first branch says: “One brings impermanence immediately to mind; by the cessation of all formations mind arises; one becomes possessed of many liberations; one gains the faculty of faith together with the other four faculties” 〔T32 459c03–04〕.

The second says: “One brings suffering immediately to mind; one causes mind to arise by fearing all formations; mind becomes very tranquil; one gains the faculty of concentration together with the other four faculties” 〔T32 459c09–11〕.

The third says: “One brings not-self immediately to mind; by emptiness one causes all formations to arise; mind becomes greatly disenchanted; one gains the faculty of wisdom together with the other four faculties” 〔T32 459c15–16〕.

The first position gives impermanence, suffering, and not-self. The fourth gives faith, concentration, and wisdom: “the faculty of faith together with the other four” 〔T32 459c04〕, “the faculty of concentration together with the other four” 〔T32 459c10–11〕, and “the faculty of wisdom together with the other four” 〔T32 459c16〕. Each expression occurs only once in the treatise. Each branch singles out one faculty and gathers the remaining four, yet the words “five faculties” never appear in this passage.

The third position likewise gives three results: many liberations, great tranquility of mind, and great disenchantment of mind. The wording places liberation with impermanence, tranquility with suffering, and disenchantment with not-self. Each expression occurs only once.

The second position requires special care. Each branch includes 諸行, “formations,” but formations occupy a different grammatical role: in the first they are what is ceased, in the second what is feared, and in the third what emptiness causes to arise. The same noun stands as object of cessation, fear, and arising. The asymmetry is preserved.

The Middle Three Positions: Characteristic, Arising, Characteristic and Arising

The line running through the unit becomes explicit in the next positions.

The first branch says “of that kind, one knows the characteristic as it really is” 〔T32 459c04–05〕, “of that kind, all formations arise as impermanent” 〔T32 459c05〕, and “one causes fear of the characteristic to arise, and knowledge is born from the activity of the characteristic” 〔T32 459c05–06〕. Its object is characteristic.

The second says “of that kind, one knows arising as it really is” 〔T32 459c11〕, “by means of that kind, all formations are seen as suffering” 〔T32 459c11–12〕, and “through fear of arising, one causes knowledge of arising to arise” 〔T32 459c12〕. Its object is arising.

The third says “of that kind, one knows characteristic and arising as they really are” 〔T32 459c16–17〕, “by means of that kind, all phenomena become visible as not-self” 〔T32 459c17〕, and “through fear, one causes characteristic and arising to arise; dependent on characteristic and arising, only knowledge arises” 〔T32 459c17–18〕. It combines the first two objects.

The expression translated “of that kind” occurs six times in the treatise, all six here.

The third branch also changes a noun: the first two say 一切諸行, “all formations,” but the third says 一切諸法, “all phenomena.” The latter expression occurs only twice in the treatise, once here. There is no critical note, so the distinction remains visible.

An even smaller graphic difference also remains. The first branch writes 如實智相, using 智 for “knowledge,” while the next two write 如實知生 and 如實知相及生, using 知 for “know.” No critical note supports making them uniform.

Pause: Why Does the Third Branch Add a Sentence?

The ending is where the passage asks us to stop.

The first two branches each close in three clauses: “Mind arises from the characteristic, crosses over in the signless, and the body is liberated through signless liberation” 〔T32 459c06–07〕; “Mind arises from arising, crosses over in the unarisen, and the body is liberated through desireless liberation” 〔T32 459c12–13〕.

The third uses four: “Mind becomes detached from characteristic and arising; in the cessation of the signless and the unarisen, mind crosses over to Nibbāna, and the body is liberated through emptiness liberation” 〔T32 459c18–20〕.

Stop and ask: in the same position, the first two branches close in three clauses—why does the third need one more?

Let the text answer for itself. Three things can be checked:

First, the verbs differ. The first two say mind “arises” from characteristic or arising; the third says mind “becomes detached” from both.

Second, the added phrase is “in the cessation of the signless and the unarisen.” Since the third branch takes characteristic and arising together, its crossing likewise joins the signless and unarisen.

Third, “mind crosses over to Nibbāna” occurs only once in the treatise, and “Nibbāna” appears in this passage only here. The first two branches stop after crossing in the signless or unarisen; only after the third has brought both to cessation does the author state that name.

The author does not explain the source of this sentence or the unequal lengths. The edition records their form without supplying a reason.

A note at 459c19 reads “arises” in all four witnesses where the base says “crosses over.” “Crosses over” parallels the first two branches’ crossing, while “arises” parallels their arising. Each has a structural counterpart. Both are recorded; the body follows the base.

Three Closing Statements; the First Lacks One Graph

The branches close: “Thus, by contemplating impermanence, one accomplishes signless liberation” 〔T32 459c07–08〕; “Thus, by contemplating and seeing suffering, one accomplishes desireless liberation” 〔T32 459c13–14〕; and “Thus, by contemplating and seeing not-self, one accomplishes emptiness liberation” 〔T32 459c20〕.

Each expression occurs only once. The first says 以觀無常, “by contemplating impermanence,” lacking the graph , “seeing,” that appears in its own question. The next two say 以觀見. There is no critical note, so the missing graph is not supplied.

Together with the general answer’s 已 versus 以 and this branch’s 智 versus 知, all three graphic differences belong to the first branch or its general answer, and none has a critical note. Their distinct forms remain visible.

This Line Has Already Appeared

The assignment of characteristic, arising, and both did not begin here. In 12-07 the same line appeared twice.

“By bringing impermanence immediately to mind, one causes fear of the sign; by security, one causes the signless to arise” 〔T32 456c15–16〕; “by bringing suffering immediately to mind, one produces fear of arising; by security, one causes the unarisen to arise” 〔T32 456c16–17〕; “by bringing not-self immediately to mind, one produces fear of characteristic and arising; by security, one causes the signless and unarisen to arise” 〔T32 456c17–18〕.

Again, more briefly: “bringing impermanence immediately to mind fears the cause; bringing suffering immediately to mind fears arising; bringing not-self immediately to mind fears cause and arising” 〔T32 456c26–28〕.

The objects are the same, but their pairings differ. There they are paired with fear and security; here with the three liberations. The same skeleton returns seven units later.

Closing at Half

The final sentence says, “Thus these three liberations become diverse paths through contemplation” 〔T32 459c20–21〕.

This passage closes only “diverse paths” and does not mention “one path.” The preceding passage had stated both together, but only one half is discharged here. The next passage opens with the other 〔T32 459c21–22〕.

There is a note here as well: at 459c21 the Ming witness reads “accomplish” where the base has “these.” Both are recorded; the body follows the base.


Carry away three things. One finding: the three branches share a template but not an object. The impermanence branch writes 如實智相 〔T32 459c04–05〕, the suffering branch 如實知生 〔T32 459c11〕, and the not-self branch 如實知相及生 〔T32 459c16–17〕. Because the third combines two objects, it says 一切諸法 rather than 一切諸行, “becomes detached” rather than “arises,” and adds the cessation of the signless and unarisen; “Nibbāna” occurs only there. One method: count the positions in parallel prose, then compare the branches horizontally; the broken position may be the author’s point of greatest force. One question to hold: why do the first two endings take three clauses but the third four 〔T32 459c06–07·459c12–13·459c18–20〕? The text shows a changed verb, a sentence joining the signless and unarisen, and the treatise’s sole “mind crosses over to Nibbāna,” but gives no explanation.

Remember three smaller points. Each branch singles out one faculty without using the phrase “five faculties” 〔T32 459c04·459c10–11·459c16〕. 諸行, “formations,” is respectively what is ceased, feared, and caused to arise 〔T32 459c03–04·459c09–11·459c15–16〕. Finally, the three graphic differences—已/以, 智/知, and the first close’s missing 見—belong to the first branch or its general answer, and none bears a critical note.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Each of the Three Contemplations Becomes One of the Three Liberations · Exposition · Summer 2026

三解脫一道人與煩惱斷治The Three Liberations on One Path and the Abandoning of Defilements

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

這是全書最長的一個單元,一千三百六十九字,從頭到尾只是一段。上一段留下的「一道」在這裡還掉,隨後論主開出一份煩惱的清單,二十個名目,逐目繫上它所斷的道。

先把所見說在前頭:論文自己報了一個總數——「一百三十四煩惱」。而它底下那份總標,二十目的數字加起來,恰好就是一百三十四。這個和能不能成立,全繫在「五慳」那一目上:大正本此處作「四慳」,加起來只有一百三十三;而同一句之下所列者是五個,其收語又作「此五」。校本把「四」改成「五」,與本文自身的列、自身的收、自身自報的總數,三處都合。

先把「一道」的另一半還掉

上一段收在「以觀成於種種道」,只還了一半。本段第一句就把另一半接上:「問:云何以得三解脫成於一道?答:已得無相解脫,成得三解脫」〔T32 459c21–23〕。

論主的答法是三支各說一遍:得無相解脫者,三解脫俱得;「雖解脫彼已作,以執其已得無作解脫,三解脫成所得」〔T32 459c23–25〕;「彼以相以執得空解脫,三解脫亦得」〔T32 459c25–26〕。

三支之後才收:「如是已得三解脫成於一道」〔T32 459c27–28〕。

三支各繫一個「何故?」,而三處都不冠「問」字。全段之中「問:」二字只在最開頭用了一次;往下所有的設問——三個「何故?」與下一節那個「何差別?」——都不冠問字。這是本段體例上的一件小事,記著即可。

解脫與解脫門:一問而二答

第二節設一問:「解脫者、解脫門者何差別?答:唯彼道智,從煩惱脫,名解脫」〔T32 459c28–29〕,接著「以入醍醐門義,名解脫門」〔T32 459c29–460a01〕。

這是第一答:以其所作分——從煩惱脫的,叫解脫;能入醍醐之門的,叫解脫門。

隨後論主用「復次」再答一遍:「復次解脫者唯道智;彼事為泥洹,此謂解脫門」〔T32 460a01–02〕。

第二答換了一個分法:解脫是智,解脫門是那個智所緣的事——泥洹。前答分在功能,後答分在體與所緣。

一問而二答,論主不說二答孰為正、孰為兼,只用「復次」把它們接起來。這個手法在本論不止一處,上一段的「地」目也是這樣接的。照錄不代判。

一個自報的總數

第三節只有兩句,卻是全段的骨。

第一句:「煩惱者,一百三十四煩惱」〔T32 460a02〕。這六個字在本論只出現這一次。

第二句是那份總標:「三不善根、三覓、四漏、四結、四流、四厄、四取、四惡趣行、五慳、五蓋、六諍根、七使世間、八法、九慢、十煩惱處、十不善業道、十結、十邪邊、十二顛倒、十二不善心起」〔T32 460a03–06〕。

一口氣二十個名目,中間只有頓號。順讀過去,這就是一串名字;而它其實是一份可以驗算的清冊。

讀法:論文自報總數,就把它加一遍

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:凡論文自己報出一個總數,而其下列出若干目,就把每一目的數字加起來,看它合不合。

照這個去算:三、三、四、四、四、四、四、四、五、五、六、七、八、九、十、十、十、十、十二、十二。

加起來——一百三十四。

與論文自報的數分毫不差

這一算下去,這一段的性格就變了。它不是一份隨手開的名單,而是一份有總帳、可以對得上的清冊;論主報數的時候,是數過的。

而更要緊的是:這一算也能反過來查錯。若某一目的數字有問題,和就對不上;而那個差額會直接把出問題的地方指出來。本段恰好就有這麼一處。

那一目的三重證

大正藏本此處作「四慳」。

若依「四」去加,和是一百三十三——比論文自報的數少一。

而校本此處作「五」。依「五」去加,和恰是一百三十四。

這還不是唯一的證。同一句往下看,論主把這一目的名字逐一列了出來:「五慳者,住處慳、家慳、利養慳、色慳、法慳」〔T32 460a23–24〕,其收作「此五以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460a24〕。

住處、家、利養、色、法——列的是五個。

而這一目的收語作「此五以阿那含道滅」——收的也是五。

要緊的是:所列的五個名字、那句「此五」,都是大正本自身的文字,並沒有經過校改。也就是說,大正本自己在同一句之內,標作「四」而列作五、收作「五」。

於是三處相會:本文所列是五、本文所收是五、全標之和要五才對得上總數。校本把「四」改成「五」,三處都合。

依本編通例,凡校本已改正文者,本文從訂正之讀,不從大正;此處即是。而本編所以能這樣說,不是因為別本這樣寫,而是因為論文自身的三個地方一齊指著同一個字

(另有一件可以順帶記著的:全段二十一目之中,以數目統收的只有兩處——「此四以須陀洹道滅」〔T32 460a22–23〕與「此五以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460a24〕。其餘各目都是逐名繫道。而恰好出問題的那一目,就是這兩處之一。)

停一停:二十目的標,二十一目的釋

算完之後,該停下來看一件事。

總標開的是二十目。可是往下逐目讀,釋的卻是二十一目。

多出來的那一目在這裡:「十惱處者,貪、瞋、癡、慢、見、疑、懈怠、調、無慚、無愧」〔T32 460b10–11〕——這是第一個十惱處,十個名字的一列。

緊接著又來一個:「十惱處者,此人於我已作現作當作非義生惱」〔T32 460b12–13〕——這是第二個十惱處,說的是三種人(於我、我所愛念人、我所不愛念人)各配三時(已作、現作、當作)而生惱,末後又別出一句「我所不愛念人,彼人已作現作當作者,於非處生惱」〔T32 460b15–16〕。

同一個名字,前後兩出,而所指全然不同。前者是十個煩惱的名單,後者是懷恨的處所。

而總標裡只有一個位置——「十煩惱處」。

停下來問:這一目算不算在一百三十四裡面?

就文本自答。可核的有三件:

其一,總標二十目之和已經是一百三十四,位置已經滿了。若把第二個十惱處也算進去,和就成一百四十四。

其二,總標所用的名是「十煩惱處」,本論只有這一見;而本文之釋兩次都作「十惱處」。標與釋之間本來就有一字之差。

其三,論主自己一句話也沒有說——他既不說二者同異,也不說哪一個對應總標的那一位。

本編只把這三件記下來,不代論主決定第二個十惱處該不該算。論主報了一個數,開了二十目,釋了二十一目;三者之間的縫,他自己沒有補。

底本不齊而校本能齊:三處

本段還有三處,是底本讀著不齊、而校本的異讀恰好能把它抹平的。三處本編一律誌而不改,本文仍從底本;但值得逐處看一眼,因為它們的形狀是一樣的。

第一處在九慢。

「九慢者,從彼勝我勝生慢、與勝我等生慢、從勝我下生慢」〔T32 460b06–07〕,接著「從等我等生慢、從等我下生慢、從下我勝生慢、從下我等生慢、從下我下生慢」〔T32 460b07–09〕。

這一目名叫九慢。而數一數所列,只有八句。

九慢本是三乘三:勝、等、下三種人,各對勝、等、下三種比較。照這個排,該有勝我勝、勝我等、勝我下、等我勝、等我等、等我下、下我勝、下我等、下我下——九句。底本所缺的正是「從等我勝生慢」那一句。

而這一節有兩條校記,都在同一行〔460b08〕:前一條,「從等我等生慢」的「等」,四本作「勝」;後一條,「從等我下生慢」的「我」,四本作「我等生慢從等我」。

兩條合起來讀,四本此處便是「從等我勝生慢、從等我等生慢、從等我下生慢」——三句齊全,九慢之數與其名相合。

第二處在第二個十惱處的斷治句。

「十惱處以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460b16〕——此處的「十」,四本作「九」。

而這一目的列法,前面已經數過:三種人各配三時,是。四本的讀法與它自己的列相合。

第三處在十二不善心起。

那一目十二項,每一項都作「某某心起」;只有一項例外:「與憂共起瞋恚相應無行心起、有行心,與調共起心起、與疑共起心起」〔T32 460c10–12〕——「有行心」少了一個「起」字。而校記正在此處:四本作「心起」。

三處形狀相同:底本留著一個不齊,而校本的異讀恰好能把它補齊。

而本編的處理也相同:這三處的校記都屬「記而未採」之類——校本並未改動大正本的正文,只是備一異讀。故本文一律從底本,其列仍是八、其字仍是十、其語仍是「有行心」;只把二讀並錄,不代裁。

與上文那個「五慳」對看,這一節的分寸就清楚了:五慳一處,是校本已經改了正文,且本文自身三處相合,故本編從訂正之讀;此三處,是校本未改正文而只備異讀,故本編從底本。判準在校本改沒改正文,不在哪一讀讀起來更順。

二十一目怎麼讀:五處不照式的地方

其餘各目的體例是齊的:出名,「於此」,然後繫其所斷的道。「於此」二字全段十五見。順著讀下去,很容易讀成一片。

而正因為式子是齊的,不照式的地方就顯眼。全段有五處:

一、兩目共用一句斷治。「四流者,欲流、有流、見流、無明流。四厄者,欲厄、有厄、見厄、無明厄。如初所說滅」〔T32 460a17–19〕——兩目一齊出名,然後一句「如初所說滅」把兩目都打發了。這是全段唯一一處。而那個「如初」指的是它自己前面四漏那一目的斷法,不是引外。

二、以「餘」統收。「見、疑以須陀洹道滅,瞋恚以阿那含道滅,餘七以阿羅漢道滅」〔T32 460b11–12〕——十個名字,前三個逐一點出,剩下七個一句「餘七」帶過。全段唯此一處。

三、有一名不繫於道。五蓋那一目:「五蓋者,欲欲、瞋恚、懈怠、睡眠、調慢疑」〔T32 460a24–25〕,其斷治作「疑者以須陀洹道滅,欲欲、瞋恚、慢,以阿那含道滅;懈怠、調,以阿羅漢道滅;睡眠隨色」〔T32 460a25–27〕。

這一目該細看。所標是五目,而斷治處點出來的是七個名字——疑、欲欲、瞋恚、慢、懈怠、調、睡眠。多出來的名字從哪裡來?從所列的末一目:那一目作「調慢疑」,三個字連寫。這三個字在本論只出現這一次。

而末一名的處置更特別:「睡眠隨色」——不說它以哪一道滅,只說它隨色。這是全段唯一一處不繫於某道的處置語,也只出現這一次。照錄不代補。

四、有一目二道而畢。「六諍根者,忿、覆、嫉、諂、惡樂、見觸」〔T32 460a27–28〕,其斷治只有兩句:「諂、惡樂、見觸,以須陀洹道滅;忿、覆、嫉,以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460a28–29〕。

其餘各目多半三道都走一遍,唯此一目到阿那含道就完了,沒有阿羅漢道那一分。三加三,六個一個不剩——是斷完了,不是漏了。

五、有一名分屬三道。十邪邊那一目:「十邪邊者,邪見、邪思惟、邪語、邪業、邪命、邪精進、邪念、邪定、邪智、邪解脫」〔T32 460b24–26〕。

看它的斷治:「邪見、邪語妄語、業、邪命、邪智、邪解脫,以須陀洹道滅」〔T32 460b26–27〕、「邪思惟、邪語惡語兩舌,以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460b27–28〕、「邪語綺語、邪精進、邪念、邪定,以阿羅漢道滅」〔T32 460b28–29〕。

「邪語」出現了三次,每一次各帶一分:妄語歸須陀洹道、惡語兩舌歸阿那含道、綺語歸阿羅漢道。一個名目而分屬三道,全段只有這一目如此。

標與釋之間,還有幾處一字之差

除了「十煩惱處」與「十惱處」之外,標與釋之間還有幾處對不上,一併記在這裡。

總標作「八法」,而本文作「世間八世法者,利、衰、毀、譽、稱、譏、苦、樂」〔T32 460b04–05〕——多一個「世」字,而這一語在本論只出現這一次。

總標作「十結」,而本文作「十使者,欲染使、瞋恚使、慢使、見使、疑使、戒取使、有染使、嫉使、慳使、無明使」〔T32 460b20–22〕——名目全換。「十使」在本論只出現這一次。二名不同而其位相當,論主不說它們是一是二。

同一目之內也有:七使那一目所列作「有欲使」,而其滅處作「慢使、有使、無明使,以阿羅漢道滅」〔T32 460b03–04〕——少一個「欲」字。四結那一目所列作「四結者,貪欲身結、瞋恚身結、戒盜身結、此諦執身結」〔T32 460a14–15〕,而其滅處作「貪身結」——也少一個「欲」字。

這幾處都沒有校記。本編逐處記其形,不代齊、不代裁。

另有一件值得順帶記著:四結之中有「戒盜身結」,四取之中有「戒取」——「四取者,欲取、見取、戒取、我語取」〔T32 460a19–20〕。二名在同一段之內並出,而論主一句也不說它們同不同。這一件承的是 12-10 之所見;到書末仍是如此。

末一句只標名

全段最後一句:「二正受者,二正受不與凡夫共,及果成就想受滅正受」〔T32 460c16–17〕。

「二正受」三個字在本論只有兩見,而兩見都在這一句裡

這一句只給名字,一個字的解釋也沒有。它的釋在後面兩段——果正受在下一段,想受滅正受在再下一段。

回頭看 12-13 那份散法的總標:「於是散法可知。如是觀覺喜受地根,解脫煩惱正受二定」〔T32 459a28–29〕——十個名目。本段所釋的,正是其中的「煩惱」一目;而本段末句所標的,正是其中最後的兩目。

而論主在本段從頭到尾,一次也沒有回指那份總標。他只是把該釋的釋了,該標的標了,然後往下走。照錄。


帶走三件:一個所見——論文自報「一百三十四煩惱」〔T32 460a02〕,而其總標二十目之數和恰是一百三十四此和之成立全繫於「五慳」一目——大正本作「四慳」則和為一百三十三,而本目所列為五、其收作「此五以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460a24〕,二處皆大正本自身未改之文;校本改「四」為「五」,與本文之列、之收、之總數三處皆合,故本文從訂正之讀。一個讀法——凡論文自報一個總數而其下列若干目,就把每一目的數字加起來對一遍;合,則這一段的骨架已在手上;不合,那個差額本身就是線索,它會把出問題的那一目指出來。一處停問——總標二十目而本文之釋二十一目:「十惱處」前後二出而所指全異〔T32 460b10–11·460b12–13〕,總標之中只有一位。就文本可核者三:總標之和已滿一百三十四、總標作「十煩惱處」而二釋皆作「十惱處」、論主一語不及其故。本編只記其縫,不代補。

還有三件小事該記著:底本不齊而校本能齊者三處——九慢標九而列八(四本二異讀合之恰成九〔T32 460b06–09〕)、第二個十惱處之「十」四本作「九」而其列本是九〔T32 460b16〕、十二不善心起之「有行心」四本作「心起」而其餘十一項皆作「心起」〔T32 460c10–12〕;三處校本俱未改正文,故本文從底本,並錄不判不照式者五處——四流四厄共一斷治句「如初所說滅」〔T32 460a19〕;十惱處之末統收作「餘七以阿羅漢道滅」〔T32 460b12〕;五蓋之末不繫於道,作「睡眠隨色」〔T32 460a27〕;六諍根止於「忿、覆、嫉,以阿那含道滅」〔T32 460a29〕而無阿羅漢一分;十邪邊之一名分屬三道,見「邪語綺語、邪精進、邪念、邪定,以阿羅漢道滅」〔T32 460b28–29〕。標與釋之名異五處——八法/八世法、十煩惱處/十惱處、十結/十使、有欲使/有使、貪欲身結/貪身結,五處俱無校記

This is the longest unit in the book: 1,369 Chinese characters in one continuous paragraph. It first discharges the “one path” left by the preceding passage, then gives twenty headings for defilements and assigns each to the path by which it is abandoned.

The finding comes first. The text announces “134 defilements,” and the numbers in its twenty-topic heading add to exactly 134. That sum depends on the item “five stinginesses.” The Taishō base says “four stinginesses,” which yields 133, even though the item lists five and closes “these five.” The critical edition changes four to five, aligning the list, the close, and the announced total.

First Discharging the Other Half of “One Path”

The preceding passage closed only “through contemplation, on diverse paths.” This unit immediately supplies the other half: “Question: How does attaining the three liberations become one path? Answer: Having attained signless liberation, one comes to attain the three liberations” 〔T32 459c21–23〕.

The answer gives three branches. One who attains signless liberation attains all three; “although liberated, through what has already been done and through appropriating the desireless liberation already attained, the three liberations become what is attained” 〔T32 459c23–25〕; and “through sign and appropriation, one attains emptiness liberation; the three liberations are also attained” 〔T32 459c25–26〕.

Only after all three does the text close: “Thus, having attained the three liberations, one accomplishes one path” 〔T32 459c27–28〕.

Each branch bears “Why?” but none of the three is introduced by the graph for “Question.” The explicit “Question:” occurs only at the unit’s opening; the three “Why?” prompts and the next section’s “What is the difference?” remain unlabelled. This is a small formal fact, nothing more.

Liberation and Door of Liberation: One Question, Two Answers

The next section asks, “What is the difference between liberation and a door of liberation? Answer: Only that path knowledge, liberated from defilements, is called liberation” 〔T32 459c28–29〕, then adds: “in the sense of a door through which one enters the clarified essence, it is called a door of liberation” 〔T32 459c29–460a01〕.

This first answer distinguishes functions: release from defilements is liberation; serving as the entrance to the clarified essence is a door of liberation.

The author then answers again: “Furthermore, liberation is only path knowledge; the object on which it depends is Nibbāna, and this is called a door of liberation” 〔T32 460a01–02〕.

The second answer changes the division: liberation is the knowledge, and the door of liberation is the object on which that knowledge depends—Nibbāna. The first answer divides by function, the second by substance and object.

One question and two answers, and the author does not say which is primary and which subsidiary; he simply joins them with 復次, “furthermore.” This device occurs in more than one place in the treatise—the topic of “ground” in the preceding passage is joined the same way. Recorded, not adjudicated.

A Stated Total

The third section consists of only two sentences, but they are the passage’s skeleton.

The first says: “The defilements are 134 defilements” 〔T32 460a02〕. This expression occurs only once in the treatise.

The second gives the heading: “three unwholesome roots, three seekings, four influxes, four knots, four floods, four bonds, four clingings, four courses to bad destinations, five stinginesses, five hindrances, six roots of dispute, seven tendencies, the worldly eight conditions, nine conceits, ten bases of vexation, ten unwholesome courses of action, ten knots, ten wrong extremes, twelve inversions, and twelve unwholesome arisings of mind” 〔T32 460a03–06〕.

Twenty topics run together. Read straight through, they look like a chain of names; structurally, they are a register that can be audited by addition.

Reading Method: When the Text States a Total, Add the Items

The method is direct: whenever a text announces a total and then lists numbered items, add the numbers and test the claim.

Counted that way: three, three, four, four, four, four, four, four, five, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, ten, ten, ten, twelve, twelve.

Added up—one hundred thirty-four.

Not off by a hair from the total the treatise states for itself.

Once that sum is taken, the character of the passage changes. It is not a list opened at random but a register with a running total, one that balances; when the author stated his number, he had counted.

And more important still: the same sum can be run the other way, to catch an error. If the numeral of some topic is wrong, the total will not agree; and the size of the gap points straight at the place where the trouble lies. This passage has exactly such a place.

The Threefold Internal Evidence for That Item

The Taishō base reads 四慳, “four stinginesses,” here.

Adding by four gives a sum of one hundred thirty-three—one less than the total the treatise states for itself.

And the critical edition reads here. Adding by five gives exactly one hundred thirty-four.

And that is not the only witness. Reading on in the same sentence, the author sets out the names of this topic one by one: “the five stingi­nesses are stinginess as to dwelling, as to family, as to gains, as to form, and as to Dhamma” 〔T32 460a23–24〕, closing “these five are extinguished by the non-returner path” 〔T32 460a24〕.

Dwelling, family, gains, form, Dhamma—what is listed is five.

And the closing words of this topic read “these five are extinguished by the non-returner path”—what is gathered is five as well.

What matters is this: the five names listed and that clause 此五 are the Taishō base’s own words, and neither has been emended. Within one and the same sentence, that is, the Taishō base heads it as four, lists five, and gathers as five.

So three places converge: the body lists five, the body gathers five, and the sum of the whole heading balances against the stated total only at five. The critical edition changes to , and all three agree.

By this edition’s general rule, where the critical edition has amended the body, the text follows the corrected reading rather than the Taishō base; this is such a place. And what permits saying so is not that other witnesses write it this way, but that three places in the treatise itself point together at one graph.

(One more thing worth noting in passing: among the twenty-one topics of the passage, only two gather by a numeral—“these four are extinguished by the stream-entry path” 〔T32 460a22–23〕 and “these five are extinguished by the non-returner path” 〔T32 460a24〕. Every other topic ties its members to a path by name. And the topic where the trouble falls happens to be one of those two.)

Pause: A Twenty-Topic Heading but Twenty-One Explanations

Once the sum is taken, there is one more thing to stop and look at.

The general heading opens twenty topics. Yet reading down through them, what is explained is twenty-one.

Here is the one that is extra: “the ten bases of vexation are greed, aversion, delusion, conceit, views, doubt, sloth, agitation, shamelessness, and fearlessness of wrongdoing” 〔T32 460b10–11〕—this is the first ten bases of vexation, a list of ten names.

And immediately after it another arrives: “as for the ten bases of vexation, this person has done, is doing, or will do what is not beneficial to me, and vexation arises” 〔T32 460b12–13〕—this is the second ten bases of vexation, and it speaks of three kinds of person (myself, one I hold dear, one I do not hold dear) each set against three times (done, doing, will do), with a further clause at the end: “as for one I do not hold dear, that person has done, is doing, or will do it, and vexation arises where it has no ground” 〔T32 460b15–16〕.

One and the same name, occurring twice, and what the two refer to is entirely different. The first is a list of ten defilements by name; the second is the ground on which resentment arises.

And in the general heading there is only one place for it—十煩惱處, “ten bases of defilement.”

Stop and ask: does this topic count within the one hundred thirty-four?

Let the text answer for itself. Three things can be checked:

First, the sum of the heading’s twenty topics already comes to one hundred thirty-four—the places are already full. Were the second ten bases of vexation counted in as well, the sum would become one hundred forty-four.

Second, the name used in the general heading is 十煩惱處, which occurs only this once in the treatise, while the body’s explanations both read 十惱處. Between heading and explanation there is already a one-graph difference.

Third, the author says not a word himself—he neither states whether the two are the same or different, nor which of them answers to that one place in the heading.

This edition sets down only these three and does not decide on the author’s behalf whether the second ten bases of vexation ought to be counted. He stated a number, opened twenty topics, and explained twenty-one; the seam between the three he did not close himself.

Three Places Where Witnesses Could Regularize an Irregular Base

Three further places in this passage read irregularly in the base while a witness variant would exactly smooth them out. In all three this edition records without amending, and the body still follows the base; but each is worth a look, because their shape is the same.

The first is in the nine conceits.

“The nine conceits are: from one who is superior, conceit ‘I am superior’; toward one superior, conceit ‘I am equal’; from one superior, conceit ‘I am inferior’” 〔T32 460b06–07〕, and then “from one equal, conceit ‘I am equal’; from one equal, conceit ‘I am inferior’; from one inferior, conceit ‘I am superior’; from one inferior, conceit ‘I am equal’; from one inferior, conceit ‘I am inferior’” 〔T32 460b07–09〕.

This topic is named the nine conceits. And counting what is listed, there are only eight statements.

The nine conceits are by nature three times three: three kinds of person—superior, equal, inferior—each set against three comparisons, superior, equal, inferior. Arranged that way there should be superior/superior, superior/equal, superior/inferior, equal/superior, equal/equal, equal/inferior, inferior/superior, inferior/equal, inferior/inferior—nine statements. What the base lacks is precisely “from one equal, conceit ‘I am superior.’”

And this section carries two critical notes, both on the same line 〔460b08〕: by the first, the graph in “from one equal, conceit ‘I am equal’” is read by the four witnesses; by the second, the graph in “from one equal, conceit ‘I am inferior’” is read 我等生慢從等我 by the four witnesses.

Read together, the two notes make the four witnesses read here “from one equal, conceit ‘I am superior’; from one equal, conceit ‘I am equal’; from one equal, conceit ‘I am inferior’”—all three statements complete, and the number of the nine conceits agreeing with its name.

The second is in the abandoning clause of the second ten bases of vexation.

“The ten bases of vexation are extinguished by the non-returner path” 〔T32 460b16〕—the graph , “ten,” here is read , “nine,” by the four witnesses.

And the way this topic lists its members has already been counted above: three kinds of person each set against three times, which is nine. The witnesses’ reading agrees with its own list.

The third is in the twelve unwholesome arisings.

That topic has twelve members, and every one of them reads “arising of such-and-such a mind”; only one is an exception: “arising of an unprompted mind associated with aversion accompanied by grief, and a prompted mind; arising of a mind accompanied by agitation; arising of a mind accompanied by doubt” 〔T32 460c10–12〕—有行心, “prompted mind,” is short the graph for “arising.” And the note falls precisely here: the four witnesses read 心起.

The three have the same shape: the base leaves an irregularity standing, and a witness variant would supply exactly what it lacks.

And this edition’s handling of them is the same as well: the notes in all three belong to the class of “recorded but not adopted”—the critical edition did not alter the body of the Taishō text and merely entered a variant. So the body follows the base throughout: its list remains eight, its graph remains “ten,” its wording remains 有行心; the two readings are simply set down together, and nothing is adjudicated.

Read this section beside the “five stinginesses” above, and its measure becomes clear: at the five stinginesses the critical edition had already amended the body, and three places within the text itself agreed, so this edition follows the corrected reading; in these three places the critical edition did not amend the body but only entered a variant, so this edition follows the base. The criterion lies in whether the critical edition amended the body, not in which reading runs more smoothly.

How to Read the Twenty-One Explanations: Five Departures from the Formula

The remaining topics follow one uniform format: give the names, say 於此, “of these,” and then tie them to the path that abandons them. The two graphs 於此 occur fifteen times in the passage. Read straight through, it is easy to take the whole as one undifferentiated stretch.

And precisely because the formula is uniform, the places that depart from it stand out. There are five in the passage:

One: two topics share a single abandoning statement. “The four floods are the flood of sensuality, of existence, of views, and of ignorance. The four bonds are the bond of sensuality, of existence, of views, and of ignorance. They are extinguished as stated in the first case” 〔T32 460a17–19〕—two topics are named together and then dispatched by the one clause “as stated in the first case.” This is the only such place in the passage. And “the first case” points to the manner of abandoning in the four influxes just above it, not to any outside authority.

Two: a remainder is gathered by “the rest.” “Views and doubt are extinguished by the stream-entry path; aversion by the non-returner path; the remaining seven by the arahant path” 〔T32 460b11–12〕—of ten names, the first three are picked out one by one and the other seven are carried off by the single phrase “the remaining seven.” This is the only such place in the passage.

Three: one name is not tied to any path. In the topic of the five hindrances: “the five hindrances are sensual desire, aversion, sloth, sleep, and 調慢疑” 〔T32 460a24–25〕, with the abandoning statement “doubt is extinguished by the stream-entry path; sensual desire, aversion, and conceit by the non-returner path; sloth and agitation by the arahant path; sleep follows form” 〔T32 460a25–27〕.

This topic repays a closer look. Five are headed, while seven names are picked out in the abandoning statement—doubt, sensual desire, aversion, conceit, sloth, agitation, sleep. Where do the extra names come from? From the last item listed: that item reads 調慢疑, three graphs written in one unsegmented run. Those three graphs occur only this once in the treatise.

And the handling of the last name is more unusual still: 睡眠隨色, “sleep follows form”—it does not say by which path it is extinguished, only that it follows form. This is the one handling in the whole passage not tied to any path, and it too occurs only once. Recorded as it stands, nothing supplied.

Four: one topic finishes after two paths. “The six roots of dispute are wrath, concealment, envy, deceit, delight in evil, and contact with views” 〔T32 460a27–28〕, and its abandoning has only two clauses: “deceit, delight in evil, and contact with views are extinguished by the stream-entry path; wrath, concealment, and envy by the non-returner path” 〔T32 460a28–29〕.

Most of the other topics run through all three paths; this one alone is finished at the non-returner path, with no arahant-path portion. Three plus three, and not one of the six is left over—it is exhausted, not omitted.

Five: one name is distributed across three paths. In the topic of the ten wrong extremes: “the ten wrong extremes are wrong view, wrong intention, wrong speech, wrong action, wrong livelihood, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, wrong concentration, wrong knowledge, and wrong liberation” 〔T32 460b24–26〕.

Look at its abandoning: “wrong view, false speech under wrong speech, action, wrong livelihood, wrong knowledge, and wrong liberation are extinguished by the stream-entry path” 〔T32 460b26–27〕; “wrong intention, and harsh and divisive speech under wrong speech, by the non-returner path” 〔T32 460b27–28〕; “frivolous speech under wrong speech, wrong effort, wrong mindfulness, and wrong concentration, by the arahant path” 〔T32 460b28–29〕.

“Wrong speech” appears three times, each time carrying one portion: false speech goes to the stream-entry path, harsh and divisive speech to the non-returner path, frivolous speech to the arahant path. One name distributed across three paths—no other topic in the passage is like this.

Several More One-Graph Differences Between Heading and Explanation

Several names also shift between the general heading and the explanations.

The heading says 八法, “eight conditions,” while the body says 八世法, “eight worldly conditions,” in “the worldly eight worldly conditions are gain, loss, disgrace, fame, praise, blame, suffering, and pleasure” 〔T32 460b04–05〕. The added , “worldly,” occurs in this expression only here.

The heading says 十結, “ten knots,” while the explanation says 十使, “ten tendencies”: sensual attachment, aversion, conceit, views, doubt, clinging to discipline, attachment to existence, envy, stinginess, and ignorance 〔T32 460b20–22〕. The names differ completely, although their structural position is the same. The author does not say they are identical.

There are such differences within a single topic too: the seven-tendencies topic lists 有欲使 while its abandoning clause reads “the tendency to conceit, the tendency to existence, and the tendency to ignorance are extinguished by the arahant path” 〔T32 460b03–04〕—one graph, , short. The four-knots topic lists “the four knots are the body-knot of sensual desire, the body-knot of aversion, the body-knot of stealing discipline, and the body-knot of grasping ‘this alone is true’” 〔T32 460a14–15〕, while its abandoning clause reads 貪身結also one graph short.

None of these carries a critical note. Their distinct Chinese forms and distinct English renderings remain visible.

One related pair also appears in the same passage: 戒盜身結, “body-knot of stealing discipline,” among the four knots, and 戒取, “clinging to discipline,” among the four clingings 〔T32 460a19–20〕. The author does not state whether they are the same or different, continuing the unresolved distinction seen in 12-10.

The Last Sentence Merely Names Them

The final sentence says: “The two attainments are two attainments not shared with ordinary persons: accomplishment in fruition, and the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling” 〔T32 460c16–17〕.

The Chinese expression “two attainments” occurs twice, both within that one sentence.

The sentence gives names only. Fruit attainment is explained in 12-16 and the attainment of cessation in 12-17.

Look back at the dispersed-topic heading of 12-13: “here the dispersed topics may be known—contemplation, thought, joy, feeling, ground, faculty, liberation, defilement, attainment, and the two concentrations” 〔T32 459a28–29〕—ten topics. What this passage explains is precisely the topic “defilement” among them; and what its last sentence names are precisely the last two.

And from beginning to end of this passage the author never once points back to that heading. He simply explains what is to be explained, names what is to be named, and moves on. Recorded as it stands.


Carry away three things. One finding: the text announces 134 defilements 〔T32 460a02〕, and the twenty heading numbers total 134 only with five stinginesses. The item lists five and closes 此五, “these five” 〔T32 460a24〕, both unchanged in Taishō; the critical edition’s adopted four-to-five correction therefore agrees with list, close, and total. One method: when a text states a total and gives numbered items, add them; agreement reveals the skeleton, while a discrepancy identifies a fault. One question to hold: the heading has twenty topics but the body explains twenty-one, because two entirely different “ten bases of vexation” appear 〔T32 460b10–11·460b12–13〕. The heading provides one place and the author gives no account of the seam.

Remember three smaller points. Three base irregularities could be regularized by witnesses—the nine conceits labeled nine but listing eight 〔T32 460b06–09〕, “ten” where a three-by-three scheme gives nine 〔T32 460b16〕, and 有行心 without “arising” 〔T32 460c10–12〕—but the critical edition did not amend the body, so none is silently repaired. Five departures from the normal assignment formula include the shared statement for floods and bonds 〔T32 460a19〕, “the remaining seven” 〔T32 460b12〕, 睡眠隨色 〔T32 460a27〕, the six roots ending at non-returning 〔T32 460a29〕, and wrong speech divided across three paths 〔T32 460b28–29〕. Finally, five name differences remain visible: 八法/八世法, 十煩惱處/十惱處, 十結/十使, 有欲使/有使, and 貪欲身結/貪身結.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Three Liberations on One Path and the Abandoning of Defilements · Exposition · Summer 2026

果正受Fruit Attainment

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

上一段末句只標了兩個名字——二正受。本段釋其前一個:果正受。

先把所見說在前頭:本段在同一問下並列了三說,論主一句話也沒有判。而三說所帶的份量並不一樣:第一說空手,第二說帶一條引據,第三說帶一條引據又帶一個譬喻。而那個譬喻恰好把爭點畫了出來——見井知道有水,卻不能以身去觸。

一問連問十二處

本段開卷就是一長串問:「問:云何果正受?何故名果正受?誰修?誰令起?何故修?云何修?云何作意?彼成就幾緣?幾緣住?幾緣為起?此正受世間耶?出世間耶?」〔T32 460c17–20〕

一口氣十二處。這個形狀在本論不是頭一次見,下一段開卷也是這樣起的。

先把名與義交代掉。「云何果正受者,此沙門果,心於泥洹安,此謂果正受」〔T32 460c20–21〕——一句話,不多說。「果正受」這三個字在本論共十見,十見全在本段。

然後是何故:「何故果正受者,非善非不善,非事出世道果報所成」〔T32 460c21–23〕——三個「非」,然後一個「所成」。不是善、不是不善、不是事;是出世道之果報所成。論主用三次否定圈出一個位置,然後才給它一個正面的說法。

三說並列

接著就到了本段最要看的地方。

第一說是論主自己的答:「是故此果正受,阿羅漢及阿那含,於此定作滿」〔T32 460c23–24〕——只有這兩種人。

第二說:「復有說一切聖人得令起」〔T32 460c24〕——不止兩種,一切聖人都能令起。

第三說:「復說一切聖人成就於此定作滿,唯彼令起」〔T32 460c26–27〕——一切聖人都成就,可是令起的只有那兩種。

三說擺在一起,而論主一句判語也沒有。他既不說哪一說是正義,也不像品十二前面那樣把某一說稱作異說而破之。他只是接連寫了下去。

讀法:論主不判時,去看哪一說帶了什麼

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:遇到論主並列數說而不下判語,就去數一數——哪一說帶了引據,哪一說帶了譬喻,哪一說空著手。論主不表態,可是他給每一說的份量是可以數的。

照這個去數本段:

第一說——無引,無喻。

第二說——一引:「如毘曇所說:為得須陀洹道,除生名性除。如是一切」〔T32 460c24–26〕。「如毘曇所說」這一引式在本論只出現這一次。

第三說——一引又一喻:「如長老那羅陀說:諸比丘!如是長老於山林井,於彼無繩取水」〔T32 460c27–28〕。「那羅陀」這個名字在本論也只出現這一次。

數完之後,本編到此為止:只記其形,不代論主判其孰是。論主自己沒有判,本編不替他判。

(另有一件可以順帶記著的:本段之前三個單元——12-13、12-14、12-15——引據都是零命中,一條也沒有。到本段忽然連出三引。而三引都是為證成而引,不是為破而引。)

那個譬喻把爭點畫了出來

第三說所帶的喻值得逐句看。

山林裡有一口井,井邊沒有繩子可以取水。這時來了一個人,「爾時人來,為日所曝,熱乏渴愛。彼人見井知有水,彼不以身觸住」〔T32 460c28–29〕。

他看見了井,也知道裡面有水;可是他不能以身去觸。

然後那羅陀把喻合上:「如是我長老有滅為泥洹,如實正智善見,我非阿羅漢漏盡」〔T32 461a01–02〕。

「善見」而「非漏盡」——見到了,而不是那個人。

這個喻的關鍵在它把「見」與「觸」分成了兩件事。而三說之爭恰好就在這一分上:得不得,是一件;令不令起,是另一件。第三說所說的「一切聖人成就於此定作滿,唯彼令起」,正是這一分的正面說法。

論主把喻放在第三說之下,而不加一句「此說為是」。本編照錄其位,不代論其意。

(此節有一條校記:460c28「為日所曝」之「曝」,大正本作一個造字,校本改作「曝」。作「曝」與下句「熱乏渴愛」相承。依本編通例,凡校本已改正文者本文從訂正之讀,不從大正;此處即是。)

何故令起:世尊教阿難

第三引繫在另一目上。

「何故令起者,答:為現見法樂住令起」〔T32 461a02–03〕——「現見法樂住」這一語在本論只出現這一次。

隨後就引:「如世尊教阿難,是時阿難如來不作意,一切諸相唯一受滅,無相心定令起住」〔T32 461a03–04〕,其效在下一句:「是時阿難如來身成安隱」〔T32 461a05〕。

問的是「何故」,答的是「為現見法樂住」,而引來作證的是如來身安隱一事。問其故而以一事證之,不另立理。照錄。

停一停:問十二而立標目者七

回到開卷那一串問。

問是十二處。而其下逐目而答、立了標目的,只有七處。

停下來問:其餘五處到哪裡去了?

就文本自答。可核的有三件:

其一,有兩問根本沒有立標目:「誰修?誰令起?」——這兩問的答,含在第二目之中〔T32 460c23–24〕。論主答「何故名果正受」的時候,順手就把「阿羅漢及阿那含」說了出來;那正是「誰」的答。三說之並列也全在這一段裡。

其二,有三處標目的字面與所問對不上:問作「何故修」而標作「何故令起者」〔T32 461a02〕;問作「云何修」而標作「云何以令起者」〔T32 461a05〕;問作「幾緣住」而標作「幾緣為住」〔T32 461a10–11〕。

前兩處尤其該記著:問用的是「修」,答用的是「令起」。同一件事,問處與答處用了兩個不同的字。

其三,論主一句話也沒有交代。他不說哪一問併入了哪一目,也不說「修」與「令起」是不是一回事。

本編只把這三件記下來,不代齊、不代補——不替論主在問處把「修」改成「令起」,也不替他為那兩問補一個標目。

令起的工序與作意

「云何以令起者,答:彼坐禪人入寂寂住,或住或臥,樂得果正受」〔T32 461a05–06〕。

工序在下一句:「作生滅見所初觀諸行,乃至性除智,性除智無間於泥洹果正受令安」〔T32 461a07–08〕——自生滅見起,經性除智,而以「無間」相接。這一條線承的是品十二前面幾段(性除智一節在 12-08),到這裡合上。

而收句把它歸給禪:「依其禪成修道是。是禪成所作,是名果正受」〔T32 461a08–09〕。

作意一目最短:「云何作意者,答:無為醍醐界以寂作意」〔T32 461a09–10〕——「無為醍醐界」這一語在本論只出現這一次。上一段辨解脫門時作「以入醍醐門義」;這裡作「界」。一作門、一作界,論主不說二者關係。照錄。

三個緣數,對得整齊

緣一目是本段對得最齊的一處。

成就:「彼正受二緣,不作意一切諸相,於無相界作意」〔T32 461a11–12〕——二緣。

住:「三緣為住:不作意一切諸相,於無相界作意,及初行」〔T32 461a12–13〕——就是成就那二緣,再加一個「初行」。

起:「二緣為起:作意一切相,及無相界不作意」〔T32 461a13–14〕——恰是成就二緣的反面。不作意諸相變成作意一切相,於無相界作意變成無相界不作意。

三處的數與其所列一一相合,一目不缺。入是這樣、住是這樣加一件、出是這樣反過來——三句就把一個定的進出說完了。

末後一問最短:「云何此定世間出世間耶?答:此出世正受,非世間正受」〔T32 461a14–15〕。

末節:標二而列四

第二節另起一問:「問:阿那含人為果定現觀,何故性除無隔,阿羅漢道不生?答:非樂處故不生觀見,無力故」〔T32 461a15–17〕。

答只兩句:非樂處故、無力故。

然後論主說「於是二種勝果可知,成有道及性除果」〔T32 461a18〕,接著又三句:「現作證道無間果現,成無道及性除果」〔T32 461a18–19〕、「成入果定,成無道及性除果」〔T32 461a19–20〕、「從滅定起,成無道無性除果」〔T32 461a20–21〕。

標作「二種」而其下是四句。四句各繫一事——現觀、現作證道無間、入果定、從滅定起;所別的是「有道/無道」與「性除果/無性除果」兩件。

那麼「二種」指的是什麼?論文不明言。是指那兩件所別之事,還是指四句中的某兩句,字面上都定不下來。「二種勝果」這一語在本論只出現這一次,別處無可對讀。

本編照錄不代數。

末後一句夾註收目:「(果正受已竟)」〔T32 461a21〕。下一段收目作「(滅禪定已竟)」,同一式。


帶走三件:一個所見——同一問下三說並列而論主一句不判〔T32 460c23–24·460c24·460c26–27〕,而三說所帶之份量不同:第一說無引無喻、第二說一引(「如毘曇所說」全論唯一見)、第三說一引一喻(那羅陀之語與井喻);而那個喻恰好把「見」與「觸」分成兩件——「彼人見井知有水,彼不以身觸住」〔T32 460c29〕,正是三說之爭所在。一個讀法——遇論主並列數說而不下判語,就去數哪一說帶了引據、哪一說帶了譬喻、哪一說空著手;論主不表態,而他給每一說的份量是可以數的。數完即止,不代其判。一處停問——開卷連問十二處而立標目而答者七〔T32 460c17–20〕:二問(誰修·誰令起)不別立標目而其答含於第二目、三處標目之字面與問不合(何故修/何故令起·云何修/云何以令起·幾緣住/幾緣為住),而問處用「修」、答處用「令起」;論主一語不及其故,本編不代齊、不代補。

還有三件小事該記著:「果正受」全論十見皆在本段,而釋其名只一句「心於泥洹安」〔T32 460c21〕、釋其何故以三「非」〔T32 460c21–23〕;三緣數對得整齊——住之三緣即成就二緣加「初行」、起之二緣恰是成就二緣之反〔T32 461a11–14〕;末節標「二種勝果」而其下四句〔T32 461a18〕;而其所謂「二種」何指,論文不明言,照錄不代數。

The preceding passage merely named two attainments. This passage explains the first, fruit attainment.

The finding comes first. Three statements appear under one question, and the author offers no verdict. Their supporting weight differs: the first has neither citation nor simile, the second has one citation, and the third has one citation plus a simile. The simile draws the disagreement exactly: a person sees a well and knows it contains water, yet cannot touch it with the body.

One Question Containing Twelve Questions

The passage opens with a chain: “What is fruit attainment? Why is it called fruit attainment? Who cultivates it? Who causes it to arise? Why cultivate it? How is it cultivated? How does one attend to it? Through how many conditions is it accomplished? Through how many conditions does it abide? Through how many conditions does it arise? Is this attainment worldly or supramundane?” 〔T32 460c17–20〕.

Twelve questions appear without interruption. The next passage opens in the same form.

The first answer establishes the name: “This fruit of recluseship, in which the mind is settled in Nibbāna, is called fruit attainment” 〔T32 460c20–21〕. “Fruit attainment” occurs ten times in the treatise, all within this passage.

The next answer says: “It is neither wholesome nor unwholesome; it is not an object; it is formed as the result of the supramundane path” 〔T32 460c21–23〕. Three negatives delimit its place before one positive account states what forms it.

Three Statements Side by Side

Next comes the place in this passage that most wants looking at.

The first statement is the author’s own answer: “therefore, in this fruit attainment, arahants and non-returners bring this concentration to fulfilment” 〔T32 460c23–24〕—only these two kinds of person.

The second says: “Another statement says that all noble persons can cause it to arise” 〔T32 460c24〕. Its scope is all noble persons.

The third says: “Another statement says that all noble persons accomplish and fulfill this concentration, but only those persons cause it to arise” 〔T32 460c26–27〕. All accomplish it, but only the two previously named groups cause it to arise.

With the three set side by side, the author passes not one word of judgment. He neither says which of them is the proper meaning nor, as he did earlier in Chapter Twelve, calls one of them an alternate view in order to refute it. He simply writes them down one after another.

Reading Method: When the Author Does Not Judge, Count What Each Statement Carries

When several statements are juxtaposed without a verdict, count what each carries: citation, simile, or nothing. The author may not state a preference, but his allocation of evidence is still observable.

Counted that way for this passage:

The first statement—no citation, no simile.

The second has one citation: “As the Abhidhamma says: to attain the stream-entry path, exclusion of arising is called change-of-lineage; all cases are like this” 〔T32 460c24–26〕. The citation formula “as the Abhidhamma says” occurs only once in the treatise.

The third has one citation and one simile: “As the elder Naluotuo (那羅陀) said: ‘Monastics! It is like an elder at a well in a mountain forest, with no rope there to draw water’” 〔T32 460c27–28〕. The Chinese name 那羅陀 occurs only once. It is retained as Naluotuo rather than reconstructed into an unattested Indic form.

After counting, the edition stops. It records the distribution of evidence without deciding which statement the author intended as correct.

The three preceding units, 12-13 through 12-15, contain no citations. This passage suddenly has three, all offered in support rather than refutation.

The Simile Draws the Point of Disagreement

The third statement’s comparison deserves line-by-line attention.

A well stands in a mountain forest with no rope to draw water. A person comes “exposed to the sun (), exhausted by heat and longing from thirst; the person sees the well and knows there is water, yet cannot remain in bodily contact with it” 〔T32 460c28–29〕.

The person sees the well and knows the water is there but cannot touch it with the body.

Naluotuo (那羅陀) then joins the comparison: “In the same way, I, an elder, truly and rightly know and clearly see that cessation is Nibbāna, but I am not an arahant whose influxes are exhausted” 〔T32 461a01–02〕.

Clear seeing, yet not exhaustion of the influxes: one has seen, but is not that person.

The comparison separates seeing from touching. The three positions turn on the same distinction: accomplishing or having access to fruit attainment is one thing; causing it to arise is another. The third statement says explicitly that all noble persons accomplish it, while only those two cause it to arise.

The author places the comparison under the third statement without adding “this is correct.” Its placement is recorded without converting it into a verdict.

At 460c28, the Taishō base has the gaiji 𭨃 in “exposed to the sun”; the critical edition has adopted . Since the body has been critically corrected, this edition follows “exposed,” not the gaiji reading.

Why Cause It to Arise? The Blessed One Teaches Anan

The third citation belongs to another answer.

The heading says: “Why cause it to arise? Answer: One causes it to arise in order to abide happily in the presently seen Dhamma” 〔T32 461a02–03〕. The phrase translated “abide happily in the presently seen Dhamma” occurs only once.

The text then cites: “As the Blessed One taught Anan, at that time, Anan, the Tathāgata did not attend to any signs. With only the cessation of one feeling, he caused signless concentration of mind to arise and abide” 〔T32 461a03–04〕. Its effect appears in the next statement: “At that time, Anan, the Tathāgata’s body became at ease” 〔T32 461a05〕.

The question asks why; the answer says “to abide happily in the presently seen Dhamma,” and the citation supplies the fact of the Tathāgata’s bodily ease. No additional argument is inserted.

Pause: Twelve Questions but Seven Answer Headings

Return to that chain of questions at the opening.

The questions number twelve. Yet of those answered topic by topic with a heading of their own, there are only seven.

Stop and ask: where did the other five go?

Let the text answer for itself. Three things can be checked:

First, two questions are given no heading at all: “Who cultivates? Who causes it to arise?”—the answers to these two are contained within the second topic 〔T32 460c23–24〕. In answering “why is it called fruit attainment,” the author states “arahants and non-returners” in passing, and that is precisely the answer to “who.” The juxtaposition of the three statements also falls entirely within that same passage.

Second, in three places the wording of the heading does not match what was asked: the question reads 何故修, “why cultivate,” while the heading reads 何故令起者, “why cause it to arise” 〔T32 461a02〕; the question reads 云何修, “how cultivate,” while the heading reads 云何以令起者, “how, by what means, cause it to arise” 〔T32 461a05〕; the question reads 幾緣住, “through how many conditions does it abide,” while the heading reads 幾緣為住, “through how many conditions is it made to abide” 〔T32 461a10–11〕.

The first two are especially worth remembering: the question uses , “cultivate,” and the answer uses 令起, “cause to arise.” One and the same matter, with two different graphs at the asking and at the answering.

Third, the author gives not a word of explanation. He does not say which question has been folded into which topic, nor whether “cultivate” and “cause to arise” are one thing.

This edition sets down only these three, regularizing nothing and supplying nothing—it does not change to 令起 at the question on the author’s behalf, nor supply a heading for those two questions.

The Procedure for Causing It to Arise and Its Attention

“How, by what means, is it caused to arise? The sitting meditator enters a very peaceful abiding, whether sitting or lying down, delighting in attaining fruit attainment” 〔T32 461a05–06〕.

The procedure follows: “Beginning with contemplation of the arising and cessation of formations and continuing through change-of-lineage knowledge, immediately after change-of-lineage knowledge the mind is settled in fruit attainment upon Nibbāna” 〔T32 461a07–08〕. It begins with seeing arising and cessation, passes through change-of-lineage knowledge, and connects by “immediately after.”

The close assigns the work to meditation: “The path is cultivated in dependence on that meditation. This is what meditation accomplishes; it is called fruit attainment” 〔T32 461a08–09〕.

The attention answer is shorter: “One attends peacefully to the unconditioned realm of the clarified essence” 〔T32 461a09–10〕. The expression “unconditioned realm of the clarified essence” occurs only once. The preceding passage spoke instead of a “door of the clarified essence”: one says realm, the other door, and the author does not explain their relation.

Three Condition Counts That Align Exactly

The condition answers are the passage’s most regular arithmetic.

Accomplishment: “That attainment is accomplished through two conditions: not attending to any signs, and attending to the signless realm” 〔T32 461a11–12〕.

Abiding: “It abides through three conditions: not attending to any signs, attending to the signless realm, and the initial activity” 〔T32 461a12–13〕. These are the two conditions of accomplishment plus one, initial activity.

Arising: “It arises through two conditions: attending to every sign, and not attending to the signless realm” 〔T32 461a13–14〕. These two reverse the accomplishment conditions.

The counts—two, three, two—match the listed members exactly. Accomplishment gives the pair, abiding adds one, and arising reverses the pair.

The last question is brief: “How is this concentration worldly or supramundane? Answer: This is supramundane attainment, not worldly attainment” 〔T32 461a14–15〕.

Final Section: A Heading of Two but Four Clauses

A separate question asks: “When a non-returner directly contemplates fruit concentration, why, immediately after change-of-lineage, does the arahant path not arise? Answer: Because it is not a place of delight, contemplative seeing does not arise; because there is no power” 〔T32 461a15–17〕.

The answer contains only those two reasons.

Then comes: “Here two kinds of superior fruit are to be known: a fruit with path and change-of-lineage” 〔T32 461a18〕, followed by three further clauses: direct realization immediately manifesting fruit, without path but with change-of-lineage 〔T32 461a18–19〕; entry into fruit concentration, without path but with change-of-lineage 〔T32 461a19–20〕; and emergence from cessation concentration, without path and without change-of-lineage 〔T32 461a20–21〕.

The text says “two kinds,” but gives four clauses. Each clause corresponds to one event; the contrasts are path/no path and change-of-lineage/no change-of-lineage.

What then does “two kinds” designate? The text does not say. Whether it means the two contrasted matters or two among the four clauses cannot be settled from the wording. 二種勝果 occurs only once in the treatise, so there is no second place to read it against.

This edition records it as it stands and does not count on the treatise’s behalf.

An inline note closes the topic: “(Fruit attainment is complete)” 〔T32 461a21〕. The next passage closes in the same form.


Carry away three things. One finding: three statements stand side by side without adjudication 〔T32 460c23–24·460c24·460c26–27〕, but their evidentiary weights differ: none; one citation; one citation plus the well simile. The simile separates seeing from touching—“the person sees the well and knows there is water, yet cannot touch it with the body” 〔T32 460c29〕—the very distinction at issue. One method: when the author juxtaposes claims without judgment, count which carries citation, simile, or nothing; stop after mapping the weight and do not convert it into a verdict. One question to hold: the opening asks twelve questions but only seven answers receive headings 〔T32 460c17–20〕. Two “who” questions are embedded elsewhere, and three heading pairs differ—何故修/何故令起, 云何修/云何以令起, 幾緣住/幾緣為住—without explanation.

Remember three smaller points. “Fruit attainment” occurs ten times, all here; its definition is simply “mind settled in Nibbāna” 〔T32 460c21〕, while its account begins with three negatives 〔T32 460c21–23〕. The condition counts align: three for abiding equals the accomplishment pair plus initial activity, and the arising pair reverses the accomplishment pair 〔T32 461a11–14〕. Finally, “two kinds of superior fruit” heads four clauses 〔T32 461a18〕, but the text does not say what the two are.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Fruit Attainment · Exposition · Summer 2026

想受滅正受The Attainment of the Cessation of Perception and Feeling

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

二正受的後一個在這裡釋完。〈分別諦品〉的正文也到此為止——本段之後,就是十二品結竟與總結偈了。

先把所見說在前頭:從開卷的標題到末後的夾註,同一個定,本段用了六個不同的名字:想受滅正受、滅想受定、入滅想受定、入滅想定人、入受想定人、滅禪定。而全段七條校記,沒有一條落在這六個名字上。

六個名字

逐處點一遍。

開卷之標作「問:云何想受滅正受」〔T32 461a22〕。

第一答就換了:「答:不生心心數法,此謂滅想受定」〔T32 461a26–27〕——「想受滅」變成「滅想受」,字序倒了過來。

工序一目之收又不同:「此謂入滅想受定」〔T32 461c02–03〕——前面加一個「入」字。

到辨死人與入定人之別,一句之內出現兩個名字:「死人及入滅想定人何差別者」〔T32 461c09–10〕,其中稱死人之對者為「入滅想定人」,「受」字掉了;而其對句作「入受想定人,三行斷沒,壽命不斷、煖不斷、諸根不異」〔T32 461c11–12〕——「想受」又倒成「受想」。

而末後的夾註收目作「(滅禪定已竟)」〔T32 461c16〕——「想」「受」二字都不見了,換成一個「禪」字。

六個名字,一個物。而「入滅想定人」「入受想定人」這兩個名,在本論各只出現這一次。

讀法:把稱呼主題的每一次都圈出來

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:讀一段論文的時候,把它稱呼自己主題的每一處都圈出來,排成一列看。

名之異同往往就是段落接縫之所在——換名之處,值得當作換了一個說法的角度來看。而更要緊的是下一步:去查那些名字上有沒有校記。

本段查下來的結果是:一條也沒有。全段七條校記分別落在「答」字、「袈裟」之次字、那個造字、「期」字、「事」字、「於」字、「彼從」二字上;六個名字一處也沒碰。

這一查有它的分量:若校記落在名上,其異先作傳寫看;校記不落在名上,那就是論文自身如此。本編照錄六名,不代齊——不把它們統一成一個名字,也不替論主注明何者為正。

停一停:問十四而標目十五

本段開卷也是一長串問:「問:云何想受滅正受?誰令起?幾力成就令起?幾行所除令起?幾初事?何義為起?云何起?云何從彼起?云何心以起?以起心何所著?幾觸所觸?云何初起諸行?死人及入滅想受定何差別?此定有為無為?」〔T32 461a22–26〕

一口氣十四處。

而往下逐目讀,立了標目而答的——是十五處。

停下來問:多出來的那一目是哪一個?

是這一個:「誰不令起者,答:凡夫人及須陀洹、斯陀含,及生無色界人,於是非其境界故」〔T32 461a28–461b01〕。

所問只問了「誰令起」,論主自己補了一個「誰不令起」。而且補得不草率:四種人逐一出其故——「凡夫不能起煩惱障礙定,未斷故。須陀洹、斯陀含不能起,為更起。非其處故,入無色界不能起」〔T32 461b01–03〕。

就文本自答,可核的有三件:

其一,這一目與其上「誰令起定者,答:阿羅漢及阿那含,於此定作滿」〔T32 461a27–28〕正反對舉——能起者二種人、不能起者四種人。二目合起來,才把「誰」這一問答完。

其二,上一段恰是反面。12-16 開卷也是連問,問十二處而立標目而答者只有七處——有兩問根本沒有標目。兩段同以連問起,一段少答,一段多答。

其三,論主一句話也沒有交代。他不說何以要補這一目,也不說上一段何以少了幾目。

本編只把這三件記下來,不代補、不代齊。

二力與七隨觀:標七列七

「幾力成就令起者,答:以二力成就令起,以奢摩他力、以毘婆舍那力」〔T32 461b03–04〕。

二力各有其來處:「於是以奢摩他力者,由八定得自在;以毘婆舍那力者,由自在隨七觀」〔T32 461b04–06〕。

隨即論主在答中自設一問:「云何七隨觀?無常觀、苦觀、無我觀、厭患觀、無染觀、滅觀、出離觀」〔T32 461b06–07〕。

標七,列七,一目不缺。而「七隨觀」這一語在本論只出現這一次。

這個「答中設問」的手法,全段只有這一處。前面十四問已經一口氣問完了,論主答到一半又停下來自己問一句——因為那個名目若不展開,「隨七觀」三個字讀者接不住。照錄其形。

二力各繫二果:「奢摩他力為滅禪分,及為不動解脫;毘婆舍那力為見生過患,及為無生解脫」〔T32 461b07–09〕。兩力兩果,對得整齊;而「不動解脫」「無生解脫」二語在本論也各只出現這一次。

三行與四事:一個齊、一個不齊

三行一目是齊的:「幾行所除令起定?答:以除三行令起定,口行、身行、心行」〔T32 461b09–10〕,其釋「於是入二禪覺觀,口行成所除;入第四禪出息入息,身行成所除;入滅想受定人,想受心行成所除」〔T32 461b10–13〕。

標序與釋序相同,三行各繫一定(二禪、第四禪、滅想受定),而三行之所指也各出(覺觀、出息入息、想受)。一目不缺。

四事一目就不齊了。

標與釋是齊的:「初幾事者,答:初四事,一縛、不亂、遠分別、觀事非事」〔T32 461b13–14〕,然後逐一釋——「於是名一縛者,鉢袈裟一處𭞴受持」〔T32 461b14–15〕、「不亂者,以所有方便,此身願莫生亂受持」〔T32 461b15–16〕、「遠分別者,稱其身力,以日作分別受持,於此久遠過期當起」〔T32 461b16–17〕、「觀事非事者,未至時分別。或眾僧為事和合,以彼聲我當起受持」〔T32 461b17–18〕。四事,四釋。

不齊在第二遍。論主接著又把四事說了一遍,這一遍說的是「為什麼」——「於是一縛者,為守護袈裟。不亂者及久遠分別,為守護身。觀事非事者,為不妨眾僧和合」〔T32 461b18–20〕。

四件事,第二遍只出了三句——不亂與久遠分別合成了一句,因為它們的故相同:都是為守護身。

而同一句裡還有一個字面:標處作「遠分別」,這一遍作「久遠分別」。多了一個「久」字,而此處無校記。照錄不代齊。

令起:逐定而上

「云何令起者,彼坐禪人入寂寂住,或坐或臥,樂滅意樂滅入初禪」〔T32 461b24–26〕。

工序是這樣走的:入初禪,「入已安詳出,無間見彼禪無常苦無我,乃至行捨智」〔T32 461b26–27〕;然後「如第二禪、第三禪、第四禪、虛空處、識處、無所有處」〔T32 461b27–28〕——每一個定都照這一遍走:入、安詳出、無間見無常苦無我、乃至行捨智。

到最後:「爾時無間入非非想處,從彼或二或三,令起非非想心。起已令心滅,心滅已不生不現入。此謂入滅想受定」〔T32 461b29–461c03〕。

上一段的工序不是這樣走的。12-16 的果正受是「作生滅見所初觀諸行,乃至性除智,性除智無間於泥洹果正受令安」——自生滅見起,一路到性除智,然後無間。這一段是逐定而上,每一個定都重走一遍同樣的四步。

同是「令起」,一個是縱貫一線,一個是層層重複。照錄二者之異,不代論其故。

死人與入定人:三事對三事,而語不齊

第二節末一目最見手藝。

「死人,三行沒無現,壽命斷、煖斷、諸根斷」〔T32 461c10–11〕。

「入受想定人,三行斷沒,壽命不斷、煖不斷、諸根不異」〔T32 461c11–12〕。

三事對三事:壽命、煖、諸根。死人三事俱斷;入定人壽命不斷、煖不斷——

而第三件停住了:入定人作的是「諸根不異」,不是「諸根不斷」。

前兩件都是在「斷」字上加一個「不」,第三件換了一個詞。論主沒有把第三格對齊。

還有一處更小的:三行之語,死人作「沒無現」,入定人作「斷沒」——二語也不同。

此處無校記。本編照錄不代齊,也不替論主把「不異」改成「不斷」。

末一目:唯一以「不可說」為答

全段十五目,十四目都給了正面的答;只有末一目沒有:「云何此定有為無為者,答:不可說此定有為無為」〔T32 461c13–14〕。

而論主沒有就此打住。他另起一節,專釋這一句為什麼不可說:「問:何故此定不可說有為無為?答:有為法於此定無有,無為法入出不可知」〔T32 461c14–15〕。

二支答一問:說它有為,不行——有為法在這個定裡沒有;說它無為,也不行——無為法的入與出無從知道。兩邊各堵一句,然後才落到「是故不可說」。

一個「不可說」,論主給了它一整節。這是本段最後一件手藝:不是答不出來而含糊,是答不出來這件事本身要有理由。

末後一句夾註收目:「(滅禪定已竟)」〔T32 461c16〕。上一段的收目作「(果正受已竟)」,同一式——而本段之名,到這裡又換了一次。


帶走三件:一個所見——同一個定,本段用了六個名字:想受滅正受〔T32 461a22〕、滅想受定〔T32 461a26–27〕、入滅想受定〔T32 461c02–03〕、入滅想定人〔T32 461c09–10〕、入受想定人〔T32 461c11–12〕、滅禪定〔T32 461c16〕;其中「入滅想定人」「入受想定人」各全論唯一見,而全段七條校記無一條落在這六名上一個讀法——把一段論文稱呼自己主題的每一處都圈出來排成一列,再去查那些名字上有沒有校記;校記落在名上,其異先作傳寫看;不落在名上,那就是論文自身如此。本編照錄六名,不代齊。一處停問——開卷連問十四處而立標目而答者十五〔T32 461a22–26〕,多出者為「誰不令起者」〔T32 461a28〕。就文本可核者三:該目與其上「誰令起定者」正反對舉而二目合成一問之答、上一段恰是反面(問十二而標目七)、論主一語不及其故。本編不代補、不代齊。

還有三件小事該記著:答中自設一問全段唯一處——「云何七隨觀?」〔T32 461b06〕,標七列七一目不缺;初四事之第二遍只出三句〔T32 461b18–20〕,不亂與久遠分別合為一句,而標作「遠分別」此處作「久遠分別」;死人與入定人三事對舉而語不齊〔T32 461c10–12〕——三行之語一作「沒無現」一作「斷沒」,三事之末一作「斷」而其對作「不異」,皆無校記。

The second of the two attainments is completed here, and with it the body of Chapter Twelve. What follows is the conclusion of the twelve chapters and the final verses.

The finding comes first: from the opening heading to the closing inline note, one concentration has six different names—想受滅正受, 滅想受定, 入滅想受定, 入滅想定人, 入受想定人, and 滅禪定. None of the passage’s seven critical notes falls on any of these names.

Six Names

Point them out one by one.

The heading at the opening reads “Question: what is 想受滅正受, the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling?” 〔T32 461a22〕.

The first answer reverses the order: “Mind and mental factors do not arise. This is called 滅想受定, concentration that ceases perception and feeling” 〔T32 461a26–27〕.

The procedural account adds entry: “This is called 入滅想受定, entry into the concentration that ceases perception and feeling” 〔T32 461c02–03〕.

The comparison with a dead person uses two further forms in one span. The question says 入滅想定人, “person entered into concentration that ceases perception” 〔T32 461c09–10〕, omitting “feeling.” Its counterpart says 入受想定人, “person entered into feeling-perception concentration” 〔T32 461c11–12〕, reversing perception and feeling.

The closing note says 滅禪定, “cessation meditation-concentration,” is complete 〔T32 461c16〕. Perception and feeling disappear from the name and “meditation” replaces them.

Six names, one thing. And of these, 入滅想定人 and 入受想定人 each occur only once in the whole treatise.

Reading Method: Circle Every Name by Which a Passage Calls Its Subject

When reading a treatise passage, circle each expression by which it names its own subject and arrange the expressions in a series.

Differences in names often reveal seams where the text shifts its angle of approach. The next step matters just as much: check whether the names carry critical notes.

Here none does. The seven notes fall on the answer particle, the second graph in the robe expression, the gaiji 𭞴, the graph in “term,” the graph in “matter,” a locative, and the order of “from it.” Not one touches the six names.

That result has weight. A note on a name could indicate witness variation; without one, the transmitted body itself is using these different forms. The edition preserves all six and does not nominate one as the standard.

Pause: Fourteen Questions but Fifteen Answer Headings

The passage opens with another long chain: “What is the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling? Who causes it to arise? Through how many powers …? … What is the difference between a dead person and a person in the concentration? Is this concentration conditioned or unconditioned?” 〔T32 461a22–26〕.

Fourteen of them in a single breath.

Yet reading down through the topics, those given a heading and answered are fifteen.

Stop and ask: which is the one that is extra?

It is this one: “Who is it that does not cause it to arise? Answer: ordinary persons, stream-enterers, once-returners, and those born in the formless realm, because it is not their sphere” 〔T32 461a28–461b01〕.

What was asked was only “who causes it to arise”; the author supplied a “who does not cause it to arise” of his own. And he supplied it without haste: four kinds of person, each with its reason given—“ordinary persons cannot cause it to arise, for the defilements that obstruct concentration are not yet severed. Stream-enterers and once-returners cannot cause it to arise, for they are to arise again. Because it is not their place, those who have entered the formless realm cannot cause it to arise” 〔T32 461b01–03〕.

Let the text answer for itself; three things can be checked:

First, this topic stands in direct opposition to the one above it—“Who causes this concentration to arise? Answer: arahants and non-returners bring this concentration to fulfilment” 〔T32 461a27–28〕: two kinds of person who can, four kinds who cannot. Only with the two topics taken together is the question “who” answered through.

Second, the preceding passage is exactly the reverse. 12-16 also opens with a chain of questions—twelve asked, and only seven given a heading and answered, two questions having no heading at all. Both passages open with a chain of questions; one answers too few, the other too many.

Third, the author gives not a word of explanation. He does not say why this topic had to be supplied, nor why the preceding passage came up short.

This edition sets down only these three, supplying nothing and regularizing nothing.

Two Powers and Seven Successive Contemplations: Seven Headed, Seven Listed

“Through how many powers is it accomplished and caused to arise? Through two powers: calm and insight” 〔T32 461b03–04〕.

Calm derives mastery from eight attainments; insight derives mastery from the seven successive contemplations 〔T32 461b04–06〕.

The author then asks a question inside the answer: “What are the seven successive contemplations? Impermanence, suffering, not-self, disenchantment, dispassion, cessation, and relinquishment” 〔T32 461b06–07〕.

Seven headed, seven listed, with not one member missing. And the expression 七隨觀 occurs only once in the whole treatise.

This device of raising a question inside the answer occurs only here in the passage. The fourteen questions had already been asked in a single breath; halfway through answering, the author stops and asks one of his own—because unless that name is opened out, the reader cannot catch the three graphs 隨七觀. Recorded as it stands.

The two powers each have two results: calm serves the factor of cessation meditation and immovable liberation; insight serves seeing the danger in arising and liberation through the unarisen 〔T32 461b07–09〕. The two liberation names each occur only once.

Three Activities and Four Matters: One Aligns, One Does Not

The three-activity topic is regular: “Through the removal of how many activities is the concentration caused to arise? Answer: by removing three activities—verbal activity, bodily activity, and mental activity” 〔T32 461b09–10〕, with its explanation, “here, on entering the second meditation, thought and examination become what is removed as verbal activity; on entering the fourth meditation, out-breath and in-breath become what is removed as bodily activity; for one entering the concentration that ceases perception and feeling, perception and feeling become what is removed as mental activity” 〔T32 461b10–13〕.

The order of the heading and the order of the explanation are the same, and each activity is tied to one attainment (the second meditation, the fourth meditation, the concentration that ceases perception and feeling), while what each activity refers to is also given (thought and examination, out-breath and in-breath, perception and feeling). Not one member is missing.

The topic of the four preliminary matters is not regular.

Heading and explanation are regular: “As to how many preliminary matters: answer, four preliminary matters—single binding, non-disturbance, far determination, and discerning what is and is not a matter” 〔T32 461b13–14〕, and then each is explained in turn—“here, single binding means undertaking to keep bowl and robe in one place (𭞴)” 〔T32 461b14–15〕; “non-disturbance means undertaking, by every means, that this body shall give rise to no disturbance” 〔T32 461b15–16〕; “far determination means undertaking, in proportion to one’s bodily strength, a determination made by days, so that one shall emerge when that long term has passed” 〔T32 461b16–17〕; “discerning what is and is not a matter means determining before the time arrives: should the Sangha assemble for some business, one undertakes to emerge at that call” 〔T32 461b17–18〕. Four matters, four explanations.

The author then states the purposes again: the binding protects the robe; non-disturbance and long-far determination (久遠分別) protect the body; and discerning the matter prevents obstructing the Saṅgha 〔T32 461b18–20〕.

Four matters, and the second pass yields only three clauses—non-disturbance and long-far determination have been combined into one, because their purpose is the same: both are for guarding the body.

And within that same sentence there is one more matter of wording: the heading reads 遠分別, and this pass reads 久遠分別. One graph, , has been added, and there is no note here. Recorded as it stands, not regularized.

Causing It to Arise: Ascending Through Each Attainment

“The sitting meditator enters a very peaceful abiding, sitting or lying down, delighting in cessation and intending cessation, and enters the first meditation” 〔T32 461b24–26〕.

After entering the first meditation, one emerges carefully and immediately sees it as impermanent, painful, and not-self, continuing through knowledge of equanimity toward formations 〔T32 461b26–27〕. The second, third, and fourth meditations, infinite space, infinite consciousness, and nothingness are each traversed in the same way 〔T32 461b27–28〕.

Finally, one immediately enters neither perception nor non-perception, causes two or three such minds to arise, and then causes mind to cease. Once mind has ceased, it neither arises nor manifests as entry; this is 入滅想受定, entry into the concentration that ceases perception and feeling 〔T32 461b29–461c03〕.

The preceding passage does not run its procedure this way. The fruit attainment of 12-16 reads, “having made the seeing of arising and cessation the first contemplation of formations, one proceeds as far as change-of-lineage knowledge; immediately upon change-of-lineage knowledge, one is settled in the fruit attainment of Nibbāna”—from the seeing of arising and cessation straight through to change-of-lineage knowledge, and then without interval. This passage ascends attainment by attainment, walking the same four steps again at every one.

Both are “causing to arise”: one runs as a single continuous line, the other repeats itself layer upon layer. The difference between the two is recorded; its rationale is not argued on the author’s behalf.

Dead Person and Person in Attainment: Three Against Three, but the Language Does Not Align

The last topic of the second section shows the craft most clearly.

For a dead person, “the three activities have sunk away and do not manifest (沒無現); lifespan is cut off, warmth is cut off, and the faculties are cut off” 〔T32 461c10–11〕.

For a person entered into feeling-perception concentration, “the three activities are cut off and sunken (斷沒); lifespan is not cut off, warmth is not cut off, and the faculties are not different (諸根不異)” 〔T32 461c11–12〕.

Three matters set against three: lifespan, warmth, faculties. In the dead person all three are cut off; in the person in attainment lifespan is not cut off and warmth is not cut off—

and then the third stops short: what the person in attainment is given is 諸根不異, “faculties not different,” not 諸根不斷, “faculties not cut off.”

The first two simply put a , “not,” in front of , “cut off”; the third changes the word. The author did not bring the third slot into line.

There is one smaller place as well: of the three activities, the dead person is given 沒無現, “sunk away and not manifest,” and the person in attainment 斷沒, “cut off and sunken”—the two expressions differ too.

There is no note here. This edition records it as it stands, does not regularize it, and does not change 不異, “not different,” to 不斷, “not cut off,” on the author’s behalf.

Final Topic: The Only Answer That Says “It Cannot Be Said”

Of the fifteen headings, fourteen receive positive answers. Only the last does not: “Is this concentration conditioned or unconditioned? It cannot be said that it is conditioned or unconditioned” 〔T32 461c13–14〕.

The author does not stop there. He opens a separate section to explain the impossibility: “Why can this concentration not be said to be conditioned or unconditioned? Conditioned phenomena do not exist within it; the entry and emergence of unconditioned phenomena cannot be known” 〔T32 461c14–15〕.

Two branches block the two alternatives. Calling it conditioned fails because conditioned phenomena are absent. Calling it unconditioned fails because entry and emergence cannot be known. Only then does the text conclude that it cannot be said.

An inability to state the answer is not left vague; it receives its own reasoned section.

The inline note closes: “(Cessation meditation-concentration (滅禪定) is complete)” 〔T32 461c16〕. The preceding passage closes in the same form, but the name of the present subject changes once more.


Carry away three things. One finding: one concentration bears six names: 想受滅正受 〔T32 461a22〕, 滅想受定 〔T32 461a26–27〕, 入滅想受定 〔T32 461c02–03〕, 入滅想定人 〔T32 461c09–10〕, 入受想定人 〔T32 461c11–12〕, and 滅禪定 〔T32 461c16〕. None of seven notes falls on them. One method: circle every self-name in a passage, line the names up, and check whether a critical note explains the differences; here it does not, so the six textual forms remain distinct. One question to hold: fourteen opening questions yield fifteen answer headings 〔T32 461a22–26〕; the extra “Who does not cause it to arise?” 〔T32 461a28〕 completes the positive “who” by a negative counterpart, without authorial explanation.

Remember three smaller points. A single internal question—“What are the seven successive contemplations?” 〔T32 461b06〕—heads and lists exactly seven. The second account of four preliminary matters gives three purpose-statements 〔T32 461b18–20〕 and changes far determination to long-far determination. Finally, death and attainment contrast three matters in uneven language 〔T32 461c10–12〕: 沒無現 versus 斷沒, and “faculties cut off” versus 諸根不異, “faculties not different.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Attainment of the Cessation of Perception and Feeling · Exposition · Summer 2026

十二品結竟與總結偈Completion of the Twelve Chapters and Concluding Verses

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

《解脫道論》到這一段結束。九十五個字,五段:一句結竟、一句總錄、三頌六句。

先把所見說在前頭:這一段報了一遍全書十二品的名目,而其中五個名目與那些品自己的題對不上——三個少了「分別」二字、一個多了一個「神」字、一個名字全然不同。而本段校記零命中:校本在這九十五個字上一字未動。也就是說,這五處不合不是傳寫之異,是論文自身如此。

先收,再錄

第一句:「解脫分別諦十二品已竟」〔T32 461c17〕。

這一句有一件形式上的事值得先記著。本品收目之話,前二處皆為夾註,寫在括號裡——上一段是「(滅禪定已竟)」〔T32 461c16〕,再上一段是「(果正受已竟)」〔T32 461a21〕。而這一句不是夾註,它自成一段正文。

收的層級不同:那兩句收的是一個目,這一句收的是一整品——而且是最後一品。

然後是總錄:「於此品數:因緣、戒、頭陀、定、求善友、分別行、行處、行門、五神通、分別慧、五方便、分別諦」〔T32 461c18–19〕,收作「此十二品,是解脫道品次第」〔T32 461c19–20〕。

「於此品數」與「解脫道品次第」二語,在本論各只出現這一次。而論主收得很輕:只說是「次第」——是序,不是類;他不說這十二品怎麼分卷,也不說哪幾品該合在一起讀。

讀法:拿末尾的目錄,去對每一品自己的題

本段交出的讀法就在這裡:讀到一部書末尾的總錄,不要順眼掃過去;把它逐目抄下來,回頭去對每一品開頭自己的題。

對不上的地方,再走一步:查那裡有沒有校記。有校記,其異先作傳寫看;沒有校記,那就是書自身如此。

照這個去對本段,十二目之中七目合、五目不合

三目少了「分別」二字:總錄作「戒」,而其品之題作「分別戒品第二」〔T32 400b29〕;總錄作「定」,而其題作「分別定品第四」〔T32 406c20〕;總錄作「行處」,而其題作「分別行處品第七」〔T32 411a07〕。

一目多了一個字:總錄作「五神通」,而其題作「五通品第九」〔T32 441a25〕。

一目名全然不同:總錄作「求善友」,而其題作「覓善知識品第五」〔T32 408a28〕。

這最後一處最要記著:「求善友」這三個字,在全書只出現這一次——就在這份總錄裡。那一品從頭到尾稱自己作「覓善知識」,而全書的末尾稱它作「求善友」。

而五處一條校記也沒有。本段九十五個字,校記零命中、缺字零命中、夾註零命中。

本編照錄十二目,不代齊——不把「戒」補成「分別戒」,不把「求善友」改成「覓善知識」,也不注明何者為正。

停一停:末後六句,為什麼不總結工序?

全書到此,講了十二品的工序:戒怎麼持、定怎麼修、行處怎麼選、行門怎麼入、通怎麼起、慧怎麼分別、諦怎麼觀。

而末後的六句,一句工序也沒有。

「無邊無稱不可思」「無量善才善語言」〔T32 461c21〕——這一對說的是法。

「於此法中誰能知」「唯坐禪人能受持」〔T32 461c22〕——這一對說的是人。

「微妙勝道為善行」「於教不惑離無明」〔T32 461c23〕——這一對說的是果。

六句三對:法、人、果。六句皆七言。

停下來問:一部從頭到尾講工序的論,末後為什麼不總結工序,而先問「誰能知」?

就文本自答。可核的有三件:

其一,那一問的答只有五個字:「唯坐禪人能受持」。一個「唯」字把答收死了——不是「誰都可以」,是只有那一種人。

其二,「坐禪人」正是全書一路所稱的那個人。從前面各品到品十二的每一節,行人一律稱作「坐禪人」;而它的末一見,就是這一句〔T32 461c22〕。全書最後一次提到讀者,用的還是同一個稱呼。

其三,這六句不冠任何引式。品十二前面引偈有三種形——「如偈所說」〔T32 456a08〕、「如譬喻偈所說」〔T32 457a29〕、「是故說此偈」〔T32 458a13〕;而這三頌一形不用,逕接在總錄之後。前面的偈是引來的,這三頌不說它從哪裡來。

論主一句自解也沒有。本編只記其形,不代論其故。

最後三個字

全書的末一句是「於教不惑離無明」〔T32 461c23〕。

「無明」這兩個字在本論共七十五見;其末見就在這裡——也就是全書的最後三個字之中。

一部論以「離無明」三字收尾,而它一路所教的是工序、是次第、是每一個定該怎麼入、每一種煩惱該由哪一道斷。末後不再說工序,只說離。

而在「離」之前還有一句:「於教不惑」。不惑於教,然後離無明。兩件事論主並排寫下,中間不加一個「故」字。照錄,不代補其連。


帶走三件:一個所見——全書末段之十二品總錄與各品自身之品題五處不合:三目少「分別」(戒〔T32 400b29〕·定〔T32 406c20〕·行處〔T32 411a07〕)、一目多「神」(五神通/「五通品第九」〔T32 441a25〕)、一目名全異(求善友/「覓善知識品第五」〔T32 408a28〕);而本段校記零命中——五處不合出於論文自身,非傳寫之異。一個讀法——讀到一部書末尾的總錄,逐目回對各品自己的題;對不上處再查有無校記:有校記者其異先作傳寫看,沒有校記就是書自身如此。本編照錄不代齊。一處停問——一部講工序的論,末後六句不總結工序而先問「誰能知」〔T32 461c22〕。就文本可核者三:其答只五字而以一「唯」字收死、「坐禪人」正是全書一路所稱之人而其末見即此句、三頌不冠品十二前段所用之任一引式。論主不出一語自解。

還有三件小事該記著:收目三形而唯此一句為正文——「(果正受已竟)」「(滅禪定已竟)」皆夾註〔T32 461a21·461c16〕,「解脫分別諦十二品已竟」〔T32 461c17〕則自為一段;總錄以「次第」二字收之〔T32 461c19–20〕,是序而非類,論主不言分卷、不言合讀;全書末見之詞是「無明」〔T32 461c23〕,而其前一句作「於教不惑」,二事並排而不加連詞。

The Path of Freedom ends with this passage: ninety-five Chinese characters in five paragraphs—one completion, one register, and three verses in six lines.

The finding comes first. The passage gives all twelve chapter names, but five do not match the chapters’ own titles: three omit 分別, “Analysis”; one adds , “super-”; and one uses an entirely different name. No critical note occurs in the passage. The five mismatches are therefore part of the transmitted body, not recorded scribal variation.

First Closing, Then Registering

The first sentence says, “The twelve chapters of the Path of Freedom, through the Distinguishing of the Truths, are now complete” 〔T32 461c17〕.

Its form matters. The two preceding closes are inline notes in parentheses: “(Fruit attainment is complete)” 〔T32 461a21〕 and “(Cessation meditation-concentration is complete)” 〔T32 461c16〕. This closing is not an inline note; it stands as a paragraph in the body.

The levels differ. The first two close topics. This sentence closes an entire chapter, and the final chapter at that.

Then comes the register: “Causation; Discipline; Ascetic Practices; Concentration; Seeking a Good Friend; Distinguishing Conduct; Field of Conduct; Doorways of Conduct; Five Superknowledges; Distinguishing Wisdom; Five Methods; Distinguishing the Truths” 〔T32 461c18–19〕. It closes: “These twelve chapters are the sequence of chapters in the Path of Freedom” 〔T32 461c19–20〕.

The Chinese expressions “here is the chapter register” and “the sequence of chapters in the Path of Freedom” each occur only once. The author calls it a sequence, not a classification; he says nothing about fascicle divisions or which chapters belong together.

Reading Method: Compare an End Register with Every Chapter’s Own Title

When a book reports its table of contents at the end, do not scan it as familiar material. Copy each entry and compare it against the chapter’s own opening title.

When they differ, take one more step: check the critical notes. A note may indicate witness variation; no note means the book’s transmitted body itself preserves the difference.

Here seven entries match and five do not.

Three omit 分別, “Analysis.” The register says , “Discipline,” but the title is 分別戒品第二, “Chapter Two, Analysis of Discipline” 〔T32 400b29〕. It says , “Concentration,” but the title is 分別定品第四, “Chapter Four, Analysis of Concentration” 〔T32 406c20〕. It says 行處, “Field of Conduct,” but the title is 分別行處品第七, “Chapter Seven, Analysis of the Field of Conduct” 〔T32 411a07〕.

One adds a graph. The register says 五神通, “Five Superknowledges,” while the chapter’s title says 五通品第九, “Chapter Nine, Five Knowledges” 〔T32 441a25〕.

One entry bears an altogether different name: the register says 求善友, “seeking a good friend,” while its chapter’s title says 覓善知識品第五, “Chapter Five, Looking for a Spiritual Friend” 〔T32 408a28〕.

This last place is the one most worth remembering: the three graphs 求善友 occur only this once in the whole book—right here in this register. That chapter calls itself 覓善知識 from beginning to end, and the end of the whole book calls it 求善友.

Not one of the five carries a critical note. The ninety-five characters have zero notes, zero gaiji, and zero inline notes.

The edition therefore records the twelve entries without normalizing them—without supplying “Analysis,” replacing “Seeking a Good Friend” with “Looking for a Spiritual Friend,” or declaring one name correct.

Pause: Why Do the Final Six Lines Not Summarize the Procedures?

Across twelve chapters, the treatise has taught procedures: how discipline is kept, concentration cultivated, fields chosen, doorways entered, superknowledges raised, wisdom distinguished, and truths contemplated.

Yet the final six Chinese lines contain no procedure.

“Boundless, beyond naming, inconceivable; / Immeasurable in skillful talent and skillful speech” 〔T32 461c21〕. This pair speaks of Dhamma.

“Who within this Dhamma can know? / Only the sitting meditator can receive and retain it” 〔T32 461c22〕. This pair speaks of the person.

“The subtle, supreme path is wholesome conduct; / Unconfused in the teaching, one parts from ignorance” 〔T32 461c23〕. This pair speaks of the result.

Six lines in three pairs: Dhamma, person, fruit. All six are seven-graph lines.

Stop and ask: a treatise that speaks of procedure from beginning to end—why, at the very end, does it not summarize the procedures, but ask first “who is able to know”?

Let the text answer for itself. Three things can be checked:

First, the answer has only five Chinese graphs: “Only the sitting meditator can receive and retain it.” The graph , “only,” closes the field decisively.

Second, “sitting meditator” is the name used for the practitioner throughout the treatise. Its final occurrence is this line 〔T32 461c22〕. The book addresses its reader at the end with the same designation it has used throughout.

Third, the verses have no citation formula. Earlier in Chapter Twelve, verses are introduced as “as the verse says” 〔T32 456a08〕, “as the simile verse says” 〔T32 457a29〕, or “therefore this verse is spoken” 〔T32 458a13〕. These three final verses use none of those forms; they follow the register directly.

The author offers no explanation. The edition records the form without inferring a source or motive.

The Final Three Chinese Graphs

The final sentence is “Unconfused in the teaching, one parts from ignorance” 〔T32 461c23〕.

“Ignorance” occurs seventy-five times in the treatise. Its final occurrence is here, in the book’s last three Chinese graphs.

After teaching procedures and sequences for entering attainments and abandoning defilements, the treatise closes with “parts from ignorance.” It no longer states a procedure, only release.

Immediately before release stands “unconfused in the teaching.” The author places the two together without adding a causal “therefore.” Their juxtaposition remains as written.


Carry away three things. One finding: the final register differs from five chapter titles: Discipline/Analysis of Discipline 〔T32 400b29〕, Concentration/Analysis of Concentration 〔T32 406c20〕, Field of Conduct/Analysis of the Field of Conduct 〔T32 411a07〕, Five Superknowledges/Five Knowledges 〔T32 441a25〕, and Seeking a Good Friend/Looking for a Spiritual Friend 〔T32 408a28〕. No critical note occurs, so the discrepancies belong to the text as transmitted. One method: compare every entry in an end register to the chapter’s own title, then check whether critical notes explain the mismatch. One question to hold: why does a procedural treatise end not with procedure but with “Who can know?” 〔T32 461c22〕? The answer says only the sitting meditator; this is the practitioner’s final occurrence; and the verses use none of the preceding citation formulas.

Remember three smaller points. The first two completion formulas are inline notes 〔T32 461a21·461c16〕, while the final chapter close is body text 〔T32 461c17〕. The register calls the chapters a sequence 〔T32 461c19–20〕, not a classification. The treatise’s final occurrence of “ignorance” is in its last sentence 〔T32 461c23〕, beside “unconfused in the teaching” without an added connective.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Completion of the Twelve Chapters and Concluding Verses · Exposition · Summer 2026

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing — with AI-assisted consistency checking

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0